FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORP
10-K, 1999-03-31
SAVINGS INSTITUTION, FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: NEWCARE HEALTH CORP, NT 10-K, 1999-03-31
Next: CSI COMPUTER SPECIALISTS INC, NT 10-K, 1999-03-31




                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

                ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                   For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998

                        Commission file number 000-24272

                         FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

            Delaware                                     11-3209278
(State or other jurisdiction of             (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 incorporation or organization)

               144-51 Northern Boulevard, Flushing, New York 11354
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

                                 (718) 961-5400
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None.

Securities  registered  pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Common Stock $0.01
par value.
                                                        

     Indicate  by check mark  whether the  registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. _X_ Yes       No ____

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K (ss.229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein,  and
will not be  contained,  to the best of  registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive
proxy or information  statements  incorporated  by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

     As of February 28,  1999,  the  aggregate  market value of the voting stock
held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $153,936,000.  This figure is based
on  the  closing  price  on  the  Nasdaq  National  Market  for a  share  of the
registrant's  Common  Stock,  $0.01 par value,  on February 26,  1999,  the last
trading date in February 1999, which was $15.25.

     The number of shares of the  registrant's  Common Stock  outstanding  as of
February 28, 1999 was 10,450,567 shares.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions  of the  Company's  Annual  Report to  Stockholders  for the year ended
December 31, 1998 are incorporated  herein by reference in Part II, and portions
of  the  Company's   definitive  Proxy  Statement  for  the  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders to be held on May 18, 1999 are incorporated  herein by reference in
Part III.


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

                                     PART I

Item 1.  Business..............................................................1
           General ............................................................1
           Market Area and Competition.........................................3
           Lending Activities..................................................4
                  Loan Portfolio Composition...................................4
                  Loan Maturity and Repricing..................................7
                  One-to-Four Family Mortgage Lending..........................7
                  Home Equity Loans............................................9
                  Multi-Family Lending.........................................9
                  Commercial Real Estate Lending..............................10
                  Construction Loans..........................................10
                  Small Business Administration Lending.......................10
                  Consumer and Other Lending..................................11
                  Loan Approval Procedures and Authority......................11
                  Loan Concentrations.........................................12
                  Loan Servicing..............................................12
           Asset Quality......................................................12
                  Loan Collection.............................................12
                  Delinquent Loans and Non-performing Assets..................12
                  REO.........................................................14
           Allowance for Loan Losses..........................................14
           Investment Activities..............................................18
                  General.....................................................18
                  Mortgage-backed securities..................................19
           Sources of Funds...................................................22
                  General.....................................................22
                  Deposits....................................................22
                  Borrowings..................................................25
           Subsidiary Activities..............................................27
           Personnel..........................................................27

                                  RISK FACTORS

           Effect of Interest Rates...........................................28
           Lending Activities.................................................28
           Competition........................................................29
           Local Economic Conditions..........................................29
           Year 2000 Compliance...............................................29
           Pending Legislation................................................30
           Legislation and Proposed Changes...................................31
           Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions...................................31


                                       i
<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                   (Continued)

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

                        FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL TAXATION

           Federal Taxation...................................................32
                  General.....................................................32
                  Bad Debt Reserves...........................................32
                  Distributions...............................................33
                  Corporate Alternative Minimum Tax...........................33
           State and Local Taxation...........................................33
                  New York State and New York City Taxation...................33
                  Delaware State Taxation.....................................34

                                   REGULATION

           General ...........................................................34
           Investment Powers..................................................35
           Real Estate Lending Standards......................................35
           Loans-to-One Borrower Limits.......................................36
           Insurance of Accounts..............................................36
           Liquidity Requirements.............................................37
           Qualified Thrift Lender Test.......................................37
           Transactions with Affiliates.......................................38
           Restrictions on Dividends and Capital Distributions................39
           Federal Home Loan Bank System......................................40
           Assessments........................................................40
           Branching..........................................................40
           Community Reinvestment.............................................40
           Year 2000 Compliance...............................................41
           Brokered Deposits..................................................41
           Capital Requirements...............................................42
                  General.....................................................42
                  Tangible Capital Requirement................................42
                  Core Capital Requirement....................................42
                  Risk-Based Requirement......................................42
           Federal Reserve System.............................................43
           Financial Reporting................................................44
           Standards for Safety and Soundness.................................44
           Prompt Corrective Action...........................................44
           Pending Legislation................................................45
           Company Regulation.................................................45
           Federal Securities Laws............................................46

Item 2.  Properties...........................................................47
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings....................................................47
Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders..................47


                                       ii
<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                   (Continued)

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----


                                     PART II

Item 5.  Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and Related 
           Stockholder Matters................................................48
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data..............................................48
Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
           and Results of Operations..........................................48
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk..........48
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data..........................48
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on 
          Accounting and Financial Disclosure.................................48

                                    PART III

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant..................49
Item 11.  Executive Compensation..............................................49
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management......49
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions......................49

                                     PART IV

Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K.....50
           (a)  1.  Financial Statements......................................50
           (a)  2.  Financial Statement Schedules.............................50
           (b)  Reports on Form 8-K filed during the last quarter 
                    of fiscal 1997............................................50
           (c)  Exhibits Required by Securities and Exchange Commission
                    Regulation S-K............................................51

                                   SIGNATURES

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY




                                      iii
<PAGE>


                                     PART I

     Statements  contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K relating to plans,
strategies,  economic  performance and trends and other  statements that are not
descriptions of historical facts may be  forward-looking  statements  within the
meaning of Section  27A of the  Securities  Act of 1933 and  Section  21E of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.  Forward  looking  information  is  inherently
subject to risks and  uncertainties,  and actual results could differ materially
from those currently anticipated due to a number of factors,  which include, but
are not limited to, factors  discussed  under the captions  "Business--General",
"Business--Market  Area and Competition" and "Risk Factors" below, and elsewhere
in this  Form  10-K  and in  other  documents  filed  by the  Company  with  the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  from  time to time.  The  Company  has no
obligation to update these forward-looking statements.

Item 1. Business.

General

     Flushing  Financial  Corporation (the "Company") is a Delaware  corporation
organized  in May 1994 at the  direction  of  Flushing  Savings  Bank,  FSB (the
"Bank") for the purpose of acquiring and holding all of the outstanding  capital
stock of the Bank issued upon its conversion  from a federal mutual savings bank
to a federal stock savings bank (the "Conversion"). The Conversion was completed
on November 21, 1995.  In connection  with the  Conversion,  the Company  issued
12,937,500  shares of common  stock at a price of $7.67 per share to the  Bank's
eligible  depositors who subscribed for shares, and to an employee benefit trust
established  by the Company for the purpose of holding  shares for allocation or
distribution  under certain  employee  benefit plans of the Company and the Bank
(the  "Employee  Benefit  Trust").  The Company  realized  net proceeds of $96.5
million  from the sale of its  common  stock and  utilized  approximately  $48.3
million of such proceeds to purchase 100% of the issued and  outstanding  shares
of the Bank's common stock.  Flushing  Financial  Corporation's  common stock is
traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "FFIC".

     The primary  business of the Company is the  operation of its  wholly-owned
subsidiary,  the Bank. In addition to directing,  planning and  coordinating the
business  activities  of  the  Bank,  the  Company  invests  primarily  in  U.S.
government  and  federal  agency  securities,   federal  funds,  mortgage-backed
securities, and investment grade corporate obligations. The Company also holds a
note evidencing a loan that it made to the Employee  Benefit Trust to enable the
Employee Benefit Trust to acquire  1,035,000  shares,  or 8% of the common stock
issued in the Conversion.  The Company has in the past increased  growth through
acquisition  of  financial   institutions   and  branches  of  other   financial
institutions,  and will  pursue  growth  through  acquisitions  that are, or are
expected  to be  within a  reasonable  time-frame,  accretive  to  earnings,  as
opportunities arise. The Company may also organize or acquire, through merger or
otherwise,  other financial  services related  companies.  The activities of the
Company are funded by that  portion of the  proceeds of the sale of common stock
in the  Conversion  that the  Company  was  permitted  by the  Office  of Thrift
Supervision ("OTS") to retain, and earnings thereon,  and by dividends,  if any,
received from the Bank.

     The Company is a unitary  savings and loan holding  company,  which,  under
existing  laws,  is  generally  not  restricted  as to  the  types  of  business
activities  in which it may engage,  provided  that the Bank  continues  to be a
qualified thrift lender.  Under regulations of the Office of Thrift  Supervision
(the  "OTS") the Bank is a  qualified  thrift  lender if its ratio of  qualified
thrift  investments  to  portfolio  assets  ("QTL  Ratio") is 65% or more,  on a
monthly  average  basis in nine of every 12 months.  At December 31,  1998,  the
Bank's QTL Ratio was  88.6%,  and the Bank had  maintained  more than 65% of its
"portfolio  assets"  in  qualified  thrift  investments  in at least nine of the
preceding  12  months.  See  "Regulation--Qualified   Thrift  Lender  Test"  and
"Regulation--Company Regulation."



                                       1
<PAGE>

     The Company  neither  owns nor leases any  property  but  instead  uses the
premises and equipment of the Bank.  At the present  time,  the Company does not
employ any persons  other than  certain  officers of the Bank who do not receive
any extra  compensation  as officers of the  Company.  The Company  utilizes the
support staff of the Bank from time to time, as needed. Additional employees may
be hired as deemed appropriate by the management of the Company.

     Unless  otherwise  disclosed,  the  information  presented in the financial
statements  and this Form 10-K reflect the  financial  condition  and results of
operations  of  the  Company,   the  Bank  and  the  Bank's  subsidiaries  on  a
consolidated  basis.  At December 31, 1998, the Company had total assets of $1.1
billion, deposits of $664.1 million and stockholders' equity of $132.1 million.

     The Bank's  principal  business  is  attracting  retail  deposits  from the
general public and investing  those deposits  together with funds generated from
ongoing  operations and borrowings,  primarily in (i) originations and purchases
of one-to-four-family  residential mortgage loans, multi-family income-producing
property loans and commercial  real estate loans;  (ii) mortgage loan surrogates
such as mortgage-backed securities; and (iii) U.S. government and federal agency
securities,  corporate fixed-income  securities and other marketable securities.
To  a  lesser  extent,  the  Bank  originates  certain  other  loans,  including
construction loans, Small Business  Administration ("SBA") loans and other small
business  and  consumer  loans.  At  December  31,  1998,  the  Bank  had  loans
receivable,  net of  allowance  for loan losses and unearned  income,  of $750.6
million,  representing  approximately  65.7% of the Company's total assets,  and
held  mortgage-backed  securities  with a  carrying  value  of  $291.6  million,
representing  approximately  25.5% of the  Company's  total  assets.  The Bank's
revenues are derived  principally  from interest on its mortgage and other loans
and mortgage-backed  securities  portfolio,  and interest and dividends on other
investments in its securities portfolio. The Bank's primary sources of funds are
deposits,  Federal  Home Loan  Bank-New  York  ("FHLB-NY")  borrowings,  reverse
repurchase agreements, principal and interest payments on loans, mortgage-backed
and other securities, proceeds from sales of securities and, to a lesser extent,
proceeds from sales of loans.

     On September 9, 1997,  the Company  acquired New York Federal  Savings Bank
("New York Federal") and merged it with the Bank in a cash transaction valued at
approximately  $13 million.  This  acquisition was immediately  accretive to the
Company's   earnings  and  was  accounted  for  under  the  purchase  method  of
accounting.

     In  November  of 1997,  the Bank  established  a wholly  owned real  estate
investment trust subsidiary,  Flushing Preferred Funding  Corporation  ("FPFC"),
and  transferred  $256.7  million in real estate loans from the Bank to FPFC. On
September 30, 1998,  the Bank  transferred  an additional  $69.7 million in real
estate loans from the Bank to FPFC. The assets transferred to FPFC are viewed by
regulators  as  part  of  the  Bank's  assets  in  consolidation.  However,  the
establishment  of FPFC provides an additional  vehicle for access by the Company
to the capital markets for future investment  opportunities.  In addition, under
current law, all income earned by FPFC  distributed to the Bank in the form of a
dividend has the effect of reducing the Company's income tax expense.

     In March of 1998, the Bank formed a service  corporation,  Flushing Service
Corporation,  to market  insurance  products  and mutual  funds.  The  insurance
products  and  mutual  funds  sold  are  products  of  unrelated  insurance  and
securities  firms  from  which  the  service  corporation  earns  a  commission.
Management  is currently  reviewing the  profitability  potential of various new
products to further extend the Bank's product lines and market.

     As  part  of the  Company's  exploration  in  new  retailing  concepts  and
products,  the Bank opened its first in-store supermarket branch in June 1998 in
the  neighborhood  of New  Hyde  Park  through  an  alliance  with  the  Edwards
Supermarket  chain. The new supermarket  branch can address virtually all of its
customers'  financial  needs,  with the added  convenience of extended hours and
time saving grocery store access.


                                       2
<PAGE>

     On August  18,  1998,  the Board of  Directors  of the  Company  declared a
three-for-two  split of the  Company's  common  stock in the form of a 50% stock
dividend,  which was paid on September 30, 1998. Each  stockholder  received one
additional  share for every two shares of the Company's common stock held at the
record date,  September 10, 1998.  Cash was paid in lieu of  fractional  shares.
This  dividend was not paid on shares held in treasury.  All share and per share
amounts in this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been  retroactively  restated to
reflect the three-for-two split paid on September 30, 1998.

Market Area and Competition

     The Bank has been,  and intends to  continue  to be, a  community  oriented
savings  institution  offering a wide variety of financial  services to meet the
needs of the communities it serves.  The Bank is headquartered in Flushing,  New
York,  located in the Borough of Queens.  It currently  operates out of its main
office  and seven  branch  offices,  located  in the New York City  Boroughs  of
Queens,  Brooklyn and Manhattan,  and in Nassau County, New York.  Substantially
all of the Bank's  mortgage  loans are secured by properties  located in the New
York City  metropolitan  area. During the last three years, the unemployment and
real estate values in the New York City  metropolitan  area have been relatively
stable,  which has  favorably  impacted the Bank's asset  quality.  See "--Asset
Quality." There can be no assurance that the stability of these economic factors
will continue.

     The Bank faces intense and increasing  competition both in making loans and
in attracting  deposits.  The Bank's market area has a high density of financial
institutions,  many of which have greater financial resources,  name recognition
and market  presence than the Bank, and all of which are competitors of the Bank
to varying degrees.  Particularly intense competition exists for deposits and in
all of the lending activities emphasized by the Bank. The Bank's competition for
loans comes principally from commercial banks, other savings banks,  savings and
loan associations,  mortgage banking  companies,  insurance  companies,  finance
companies  and  credit  unions.  Management  anticipates  that  competition  for
multi-family  loans,   commercial  real  estate  loans  and  one-to-four  family
residential  mortgage  loans will  continue to increase in the future.  Thus, no
assurances  can be given that the Bank will be able to maintain or increase  its
current level of such loans, as contemplated  by management's  current  business
strategy.  The Bank's most direct competition for deposits historically has come
from other savings banks,  commercial  banks,  savings and loan associations and
credit unions. In addition,  the Bank faces increasing  competition for deposits
from  products  offered  by  brokerage  firms,  insurance  companies  and  other
financial  intermediaries,  such as money  market  and  other  mutual  funds and
annuities.  Trends  toward the  consolidation  of the banking  industry  and the
lifting  of  interstate  banking  and  branching  restrictions  may make it more
difficult for smaller,  community-oriented  banks,  such as the Bank, to compete
effectively  with  large,   national,   regional  and   super-regional   banking
institutions.  Notwithstanding  the  intense  competition,  the  Bank  has  been
successful in maintaining its deposit base.

     For a discussion of the Company's  business  strategies,  see "Management's
Discussion    and   Analysis   of   Financial    Condition    and   Results   of
Operations--Management  Strategy," included in the Annual Report of Stockholders
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998 (the "Annual Report"),  incorporated
herein by reference.


                                       3
<PAGE>

Lending Activities

     Loan Portfolio Composition. The Bank's loan portfolio consists primarily of
conventional  fixed-rate residential mortgage loans and adjustable rate mortgage
("ARM") loans secured by one-to-four family  residences,  mortgage loans secured
by  multi-family   income  producing   properties  or  commercial  real  estate,
construction loans, SBA loans, other small business loans and consumer loans. At
December  31,  1998,  the Bank had gross  loans  outstanding  of $758.6  million
(before reserves and unearned income),  of which $372.0 million, or 49.04%, were
one-to-four  family  residential  mortgage  loans  (including  $16.5  million of
condominium  loans,  and $5.9 million of home equity loans).  Of the one-to-four
family  residential  loans  outstanding on that date,  51.52% were ARM loans and
48.48% were fixed-rate loans. At December 31, 1998,  multi-family  loans totaled
$277.4 million,  or 36.57% of gross loans,  commercial real estate loans totaled
$101.4 million,  or 13.37%,  construction loans totaled $3.2 million,  or 0.42%,
SBA loans totaled $2.6 million,  or 0.35%,  and consumer and other loans totaled
$1.9 million, or 0.25% of gross loans.

     The Bank has  traditionally  emphasized the  origination and acquisition of
one-to-four  family  residential   mortgage  loans,  which  include  ARM  loans,
fixed-rate  mortgage loans and home equity loans.  However, in recent years, the
Bank has also placed emphasis on multi-family  and commercial real estate loans.
The Bank expects to continue its emphasis on  multi-family  and commercial  real
estate loans as well as on one-to-four family  residential  mortgage loans. From
December 31, 1997 to December 31, 1998, one-to-four-family  residential mortgage
loans increased  $70.7 million,  or 23.45%,  multi-family  loans increased $47.2
million,  or 20.50%,  and commercial  loans increased $33.2 million,  or 48.72%.
Fully underwritten  one-to-four family residential mortgage loans are considered
by  the  banking  industry  to  have  less  risk  than  other  types  of  loans.
Multi-family income-producing real estate loans and commercial real estate loans
generally have higher yields than one-to-four  family loans and shorter terms to
maturity,  but typically  involve higher principal  amounts and generally expose
the lender to greater  credit risk than fully  underwritten  one-to-four  family
residential  mortgage loans.  The Bank's strategy to emphasize  multi-family and
commercial  real estate loans can be expected to increase  the overall  level of
credit risk inherent in the Bank's loan  portfolio.  The greater risk associated
with  multi-family  and  commercial  real  estate  loans may require the Bank to
increase its  provisions  for loan losses and to maintain an allowance  for loan
losses as a  percentage  of total  loans in excess  of the  allowance  currently
maintained by the Bank.  To date,  the Company has not  experienced  significant
losses in its multi-family and commercial real estate loan portfolios.

     The Bank's  lending  activities  are  subject to federal and state laws and
regulations.  Interest rates charged by the Bank on loans are affected primarily
by the  demand  for such  loans,  the  supply  of money  available  for  lending
purposes,  the  rate  offered  by the  Bank's  competitors  and,  in the case of
corporate entities, the creditworthiness of the borrower.  Many of those factors
are, in turn,  affected by regional and national  economic  conditions,  and the
fiscal, monetary and tax policies of the federal government.


                                       4
<PAGE>

     The following table sets forth the composition of the Bank's loan portfolio
at the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               At December 31,
                                       ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               1998                    1997                     1996                   1995         
                                       -------------------      -------------------     --------------------    --------------------
                                                  Percent                  Percent                  Percent                 Percent 
                                       Amount     of Total      Amount     of Total     Amount      of Total    Amount      of Total
                                       ------     --------      ------     --------     ------      --------    ------      --------
                                                                         (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                   <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>       <C>           <C>   
Mortgage Loans:

     One-to-four family (1)           $ 361,786     47.69%    $ 289,286      47.67%    $ 223,273      57.28%   $ 155,435      54.20%

     Co-operative (2)                    10,238      1.35        12,065       1.99        13,245       3.40       14,653       5.11 

     Multi-family real estate           277,437     36.57       230,229      37.95       104,870      26.91       69,140      24.11 

     Commercial real estate             101,401     13.37        68,182      11.24        46,698      11.98       45,215      15.77 

     Construction                         3,203      0.42         2,797       0.46            --         --           --         -- 
                                      ---------    ------     ---------     ------     ---------     ------    ---------     ------ 
          Gross mortgage loans          754,065     99.40       602,559      99.31       388,086      99.57      284,443      99.19 

Small Business Administration loans       2,616      0.35         2,789       0.46            --         --           --         -- 

Consumer and other loans                  1,899      0.25         1,385       0.23         1,680       0.43        2,328       0.81 
                                      ---------    ------     ---------     ------     ---------     ------    ---------     ------ 
          Gross loans                   758,580    100.00%      606,733     100.00%      389,766     100.00%     286,771     100.00%
                                                   ======                   ======                   ======                  ====== 

Less:

Unearned income, unamortized
   discounts, and deferred loan

fees, net                                (1,263)                 (1,838)                  (1,548)                 (1,335)           
                                                                                                                                    
Allowance for loan losses                (6,762)                 (6,474)                  (5,437)                 (5,310)           
                                      ---------               ---------                ---------               ---------            
          Loans, net                  $ 750,555               $ 598,421                $ 382,781               $ 280,126            
                                      =========               =========                =========               =========            
<CAPTION>
                                              At December 31,
                                          ------------------------
                                                     1994
                                          ------------------------
                                                          Percent
                                          Amount          of Total
                                          ------          --------
<S>                                      <C>               <C>
Mortgage Loans:

     One-to-four family (1)              $ 133,006          51.39%

     Co-operative (2)                       16,155           6.24

     Multi-family real estate               56,559          21.85

     Commercial real estate                 49,512          19.13

     Construction                              364           0.14
                                         ---------         ------ 
          Gross mortgage loans             255,596          98.75

Small Business Administration loans             --             --

Consumer and other loans                     3,231           1.25
                                         ---------         ------ 
          Gross loans                      258,827         100.00%
                                                           ====== 

Less:

Unearned income, unamortized
   discounts, and deferred loan

fees, net                                   (1,341)
                                         
Allowance for loan losses                   (5,370)
                                         ---------
          Loans, net                     $ 252,116
                                         =========
</TABLE>

(1)  One-to-four   family   residential  loans  also  include  home  equity  and
     condominium  loans.  At December 31, 1998,  gross home equity loans totaled
     $5.9 million and condominium loans totaled $16.5 million.

(2)  Consists of loans  secured by shares  representing  interests in individual
     co-operative units that are generally owner occupied.


                                       5
<PAGE>

     The following table sets forth the Bank's loan originations  (including the
net effect of  refinancings)  and the changes in the Bank's  portfolio of loans,
including purchases, sales and principal reductions for the years indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                For the Year Ended December 31,
                                              ---------------------------------
                                                1998        1997        1996
                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                       (In thousands)
<S>                                           <C>         <C>         <C>      
MORTGAGE LOANS

At beginning of year                          $ 602,559   $ 388,086   $ 284,443

Mortgage loans originated:

     One-to-four family                          83,051      42,756      51,309

     Co-operative                                   113         475          76

     Multi-family                                84,328      79,976      43,184

     Commercial                                  52,211      17,121       7,501

     Construction                                 3,332       3,016          --
                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
          Total mortgage loans originated       223,035     143,344     102,070
                                              ---------   ---------   ---------

Acquired loans:

     Loans purchased (1)                         27,174      49,965      39,873

     Acquired NY Federal 1-4 family loans            --         901          --

     Acquired NY Federal multi-family loans          --      62,405          --

     Acquired NY Federal commercial loans            --      11,717          --
                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
          Total acquired mortgage loans          27,174     124,988      39,873
                                              ---------   ---------   ---------

Less:

     Principal reductions                        98,251      53,416      37,150

     Mortgage loan foreclosures                     452         443       1,150

                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
At end of year                                $ 754,065   $ 602,559   $ 388,086
                                              =========   =========   =========


SBA, CONSUMER AND OTHER LOANS

At beginning of year                          $   4,174   $   1,680   $   2,328

Acquired NY Federal SBA                              --       2,029          --

Net Bank activity                                   341         465        (648)
                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
At end of year                                $   4,515   $   4,174   $   1,680
                                              =========   =========   =========
</TABLE>

(1)  For a description of the Bank's loan purchase activity,  see "--One-to-Four
     Family Mortgage Lending".


                                       6
<PAGE>


     Loan  Maturity and  Repricing.  The  following  table shows the maturity or
period to  repricing of the Bank's loan  portfolio  at December 31, 1998.  Loans
that have adjustable-rates are shown as being due in the period during which the
interest  rates  are  next  subject  to  change.  The  table  does  not  reflect
prepayments or scheduled principal amortization, which totaled $98.3 million for
the year ended December 31, 1998.  Certain  adjustable  rate loans have features
which limit changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of
the loan.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  At December 31,
                                    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Mortgage Loans                            Other Loans
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------  -------------------
                                      One-to-       Co-        Multi-                                                   Total Loans
                                    Four Family  operative     family    Commercial Construction    SBA      Consumer    Receivable
                                    -----------  ---------     ------    ---------- ------------  --------   --------    ----------
                                                                            (In thousands)
<S>                                   <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>     
Amounts due:
     Within one year                  $ 48,668    $  5,309    $ 16,255    $ 10,122    $  3,203          --    $    111    $ 83,668
                                      --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------

After one year (1)
     One to two years                   21,154       1,070      32,067       8,101          --          --         221      62,613
     Two to three years                 30,949         828      54,362      14,055          --          --         819     101,013
     Three to five years                33,459         851      82,812      39,914          --    $    344         748     158,128
     Five to ten years                  74,246       1,124      49,618      19,997          --       1,677          --     146,662
     Over ten years                    153,310       1,056      42,323       9,212          --         595          --     206,496
                                      --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
          Total due after
             one year                  313,118       4,929     261,182      91,279          --       2,616       1,788     674,912
                                      --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Total amounts due                     $361,786    $ 10,238    $277,437    $101,401    $  3,203    $  2,616    $  1,899    $758,580
                                      ========    ========    ========    ========    ========    ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>

(1)  Of the  $674.9  million  of loans due after one year,  $365.0  million  are
     adjustable rate loans and $309.9 million are fixed-rate loans.

     One-to-Four Family Mortgage Lending. The Bank offers mortgage loans secured
by one-to-four  family residences,  including  townhouses and condominium units,
located in its primary lending area. For purposes of the  description  contained
in this section,  one-to-four family residential mortgage loans and co-operative
apartment loans are  collectively  referred to herein as  "residential  mortgage
loans." The Bank offers both fixed-rate and ARM residential  mortgage loans with
maturities of up to 30 years and a general maximum loan amount of $650,000. Loan
originations  generally result from applications  received from existing or past
customers,  persons who respond to Bank  marketing  efforts and  referrals  from
mortgage brokers and mortgage bankers.

     Partly  in  response  to  the  intense   competition  for  originations  of
one-to-four  family  residential  mortgage  loans,  the  Bank has a  program  of
correspondent  relationships with several mortgage bankers and brokers operating
in the New York  metropolitan  area.  Under  this  program,  the Bank  purchases
individual  newly  originated   one-to-four  family  loans  originated  by  such
correspondents.  The  loans  are  underwritten  pursuant  to the  Bank's  credit
underwriting  standards  and each loan is  reviewed by Bank  personnel  prior to
purchase to ensure  conformity with such standards.  During 1998,  through these
relationships,  the Bank purchased $27.2 million in one-to-four  family mortgage
loans, as compared to $50.0 million in 1997 and $39.9 million during 1996.

     The Bank generally  originates  residential mortgage loans in amounts up to
80% of the appraised  value or the sale price,  whichever is less.  The Bank may
make residential  mortgage loans with  loan-to-value  ratios of up to 95% of the
appraised value of the mortgaged property;  however,  private mortgage insurance
is required whenever  loan-to-value  ratios exceed 80% of the appraised value of
the property securing the loan.



                                       7
<PAGE>

     Traditionally,  residential mortgage loans originated by the Bank have been
underwritten  to FNMA and other agency  guidelines to facilitate  securitization
and sale in the secondary market. These guidelines require,  among other things,
verification of the loan  applicant's  income.  However,  from time to time, and
with increasing  frequency,  the Bank originates  residential  mortgage loans to
self-employed individuals within the Bank's local community without verification
of the borrower's level of income, provided that the borrower's stated income is
considered reasonable for the borrower's type of business. These loans involve a
higher  degree  of risk as  compared  to the  Bank's  other  fully  underwritten
residential  mortgage loans as there is a greater  opportunity  for borrowers to
falsify or overstate their level of income and ability to service  indebtedness.
To mitigate this risk,  the Bank  typically  limits the amount of these loans to
80% of the appraised value of the property or the sale price, whichever is less.
These  loans also are not as  readily  salable  in the  secondary  market as the
Bank's other fully underwritten  loans,  either as whole loans or when pooled or
securitized. FNMA does not purchase such loans. The Bank believes, however, that
its  willingness  to make  such  loans is an aspect  of its  commitment  to be a
community-oriented  bank.  Although  there are a number of  purchasers  for such
loans, there can be no assurance that such purchasers will continue to be active
in the  market or that the Bank will be able to sell such  loans in the  future.
The Bank originated  $36.8 million,  $26.6 million and $19.0 million in loans of
this type during 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

     The Bank's fixed-rate  residential  mortgage loans typically are originated
for  terms of 15 and 30  years  and are  competitively  priced  based on  market
conditions and the Bank's cost of funds. The Bank charges origination fees of up
to 2%; loans with fees of less than 2% generally  carry a higher  interest rate.
The Bank  originated  $44.3  million  and $33.8  million of  15-year  fixed-rate
residential  mortgage  loans  in 1998 and  1997,  respectively.  The  Bank  also
originated  $29.9  million and $4.7  million of 30-year  fixed rate  residential
mortgage loans in 1998 and 1997, respectively. These loans have been retained to
provide flexibility in the management of the Company's interest rate sensitivity
position.

     The Bank  offers ARM loans with  adjustment  periods of one,  three,  five,
seven or ten years.  Interest rates on ARM loans  currently  offered by the Bank
are  adjusted at the  beginning  of each  adjustment  period  based upon a fixed
spread above the average yield on United States treasury securities, adjusted to
a constant  maturity which corresponds to the adjustment period of the loan (the
"U.S.  Treasury  constant  maturity  index") as published  weekly by the Federal
Reserve Board. From time to time, the Bank may originate ARM loans at an initial
rate  lower  than the U.S.  Treasury  constant  maturity  index as a result of a
discount on the spread for the initial  adjustment  period.  ARM loans generally
are subject to  limitations  on interest  rate  increases  of 2% per  adjustment
period and an aggregate adjustment of 6% over the life of the loan.  Origination
fees of up to 2% are  charged  for ARM  loans;  loans  with fees of less than 2%
generally  carry a higher  interest  rate.  The Bank  originated  and  purchased
one-to-four  family  residential  ARM loans  totaling  $23.9  million  and $12.7
million,  respectively,  during  1998  and  $21.6  million  and  $29.8  million,
respectively,  during 1997. At December 31, 1998, $191.2 million,  or 51.52%, of
the Bank's residential mortgage loans, consisted of ARM loans.

     The volume and adjustment  periods of ARM loans originated by the Bank have
been affected by such market factors as the level of interest rates,  demand for
loans,  competition,  consumer  preferences  and the  availability  of funds. In
general,  consumers  show a preference for ARM loans in periods of high interest
rates and for  fixed-rate  loans  when  interest  rates are low.  In  periods of
declining  interest rates, the Bank may experience  refinancing  activity in ARM
loans, whose interest rates may be fully indexed, to fixed-rate loans.

     The retention of ARM loans, as opposed to fixed-rate  30-year loans, in the
Bank's  portfolio  helps  reduce the Bank's  exposure  to  interest  rate risks.
However,  in  an  environment  of  rapidly  increasing  interest  rates  as  was
experienced  in the 1970's,  it is possible  for the interest  rate  increase to
exceed the maximum  aggregate  adjustment on ARM loans and negatively affect the
spread between the Bank's interest income and its cost of funds.



                                       8
<PAGE>

     ARM loans  generally  involve credit risks different from those inherent in
fixed-rate  loans,  primarily  because if interest  rates rise,  the  underlying
payments of the borrower  rise,  thereby  increasing  the potential for default.
However, this potential risk is lessened by the Bank's policy of originating ARM
loans with annual and lifetime  interest  rate caps that limit the increase of a
borrower's monthly payment.  The Bank has not in the past, nor does it currently
originate ARM loans which provide for negative amortization.

     Home Equity Loans.  Home equity loans are included in the Bank's  portfolio
of one-to-four  family  residential  mortgage loans.  These loans are offered as
adjustable-rate  "home equity lines of credit" on which interest only is due for
an initial  term of 10 years and  thereafter  principal  and  interest  payments
sufficient  to liquidate the loan are required for the  remaining  term,  not to
exceed 20 years. These loans also may be offered as fully amortizing  closed-end
fixed-rate  loans for terms up to 15 years.  All home  equity  loans are made on
one-to-four family residential and condominium units, which are  owner-occupied,
and are  subject  to a 80%  loan-to-value  ratio  computed  on the  basis of the
aggregate of the first  mortgage loan amount  outstanding  and the proposed home
equity  loan.  They are  granted  in  amounts  from  $25,000  to  $100,000.  The
underwriting standards for home equity loans are substantially the same as those
for residential  mortgage loans. At December 31, 1998, home equity loans totaled
$5.9 million, or .78%, of gross loans.

     Multi-Family  Lending.  Loans  secured  by  multi-family  income  producing
properties  (including mixed-use  properties)  constituted  approximately $277.4
million,  or 36.57%,  of gross loans at  December  31,  1998,  all of which were
secured  by  properties  located  within  the  Bank's  market  area.  The Bank's
multi-family  loans had an average principal balance of $559,000 at December 31,
1998,  and the  largest  multi-family  loan held in the Bank's  portfolio  had a
principal balance of $5.9 million.  Multi-family  loans are generally offered at
adjustable  rates  tied to a market  index  for  terms of five to 10 years  with
adjustment  periods  from one to five  years.  On a select  and  limited  basis,
multi-family  loans may be made at fixed  rates  for  terms of  seven,  10 or 15
years.  An  origination  fee of up to 1% is  typically  charged on  multi-family
loans.

     In  underwriting  multi-family  loans,  the Bank  reviews the  expected net
operating income generated by the real estate collateral  securing the loan, the
age and condition of the collateral, the financial resources and income level of
the  borrower  and the  borrower's  experience  in  owning or  managing  similar
properties. The Bank typically requires a debt service coverage of at least 125%
of the monthly loan payment.  Multi-family loans generally are made up to 70% of
the appraised  value of the property  securing the loan or the sale price of the
property, whichever is less. The Bank generally obtains personal guarantees from
these  borrowers and typically  orders an  environmental  report on the property
securing the loan.

     Loans secured by multi-family income producing property generally involve a
greater  degree of risk than  residential  mortgage  loans and carry larger loan
balances.  The increased credit risk is a result of several  factors,  including
the  concentration of principal in a smaller number of loans and borrowers,  the
effects of general economic  conditions on income  producing  properties and the
increased  difficulty  in  evaluating  and  monitoring  these  types  of  loans.
Furthermore,  the repayment of loans secured by  multi-family  income  producing
property is typically  dependent  upon the  successful  operation of the related
property.  If the cash flow from the property is reduced, the borrower's ability
to  repay  the  loan may be  impaired.  Loans  secured  by  multi-family  income
producing property also may involve a greater degree of environmental  risk. The
Bank seeks to protect  against  this risk  through  obtaining  an  environmental
report. See "--Asset Quality--REO."


                                       9
<PAGE>

     Commercial  Real Estate  Lending.  Loans secured by commercial  real estate
constituted  approximately  $101.4 million, or 13.37%, of the Bank's gross loans
at December 31,  1998.  The Bank's  commercial  real estate loans are secured by
improved properties such as offices,  motels, small business  facilities,  strip
shopping centers, warehouses,  religious facilities and mixed-use properties. At
December 31, 1998,  substantially all of the Bank's commercial real estate loans
were secured by properties  located within the Bank's market area. At that date,
the Bank's  commercial  real estate  loans had an average  principal  balance of
$583,000,  and the  largest of such loans,  which was secured by a hotel,  had a
principal balance of $5.5 million.  Typically,  commercial real estate loans are
originated at a range of $100,000 to $6.0 million.  Commercial real estate loans
are generally  offered at  adjustable  rates tied to a market index for terms of
five to 15 years,  with  adjustment  periods from one to five years. On a select
and limited  basis,  commercial  real estate loans may be made at fixed interest
rates for terms of seven,  10 or 15  years.  An  origination  fee of up to 1% is
typically charged on all commercial real estate loans.

     In  underwriting  commercial  real estate loans,  the Bank employs the same
underwriting   standards  and   procedures  as  are  employed  in   underwriting
multi-family loans.

     Commercial  real estate loans  generally  carry larger loan  balances  than
one-to-four  family  residential  mortgage loans and involve a greater degree of
credit risk for the same reasons applicable to multi-family loans.

     Construction  Loans. The Bank's construction loans primarily have been made
to finance the  construction of one-to-four  family  residential  properties and
multi-family  residential  real estate  properties.  The Bank's policies provide
that construction  loans may be made in amounts up to 70% of the estimated value
of the developed  property and only if the Bank obtains a first lien position on
the  underlying  real estate.  In addition,  the Bank  generally  requires  firm
end-loan   commitments  and  personal  guarantees  on  all  construction  loans.
Construction  loans are generally  made with terms of two years or less and with
adjustable interest rates that are tied to a market index.  Advances are made as
construction  progresses and  inspection  warrants,  subject to continued  title
searches to ensure that the Bank maintains a first lien  position.  Construction
loans  outstanding at December 31, 1998 totaled $3.2 million,  or 0.42% of gross
loans.

     Construction  loans  involve a greater  degree  of risk  than  other  loans
because,  among  other  things,  the  underwriting  of such loans is based on an
estimated value of the developed  property,  which can be difficult to ascertain
in  light  of  uncertainties   inherent  in  such   estimations.   In  addition,
construction  lending entails the risk that the project may not be completed due
to cost overruns or changes in market conditions.

     Small  Business  Administration  Lending.  With  the  purchase  of New York
Federal on September  9, 1997,  the Company  entered into the SBA market.  These
loans are extended to small  businesses and are guaranteed by the Small Business
Administration at 80% of the loan balance for loans with balances of $100,000 or
less,  and at 75% of the loan  balance  for loans  with  balances  greater  than
$100,000.  All SBA  loans  are  underwritten  in  accordance  with SBA  Standard
Operating  Procedures and the Bank  generally  obtains  personal  guarantees and
collateral,  where  applicable,  from SBA  borrowers.  Typically,  SBA loans are
originated at a range of $50,000 to $1.0 million with terms ranging from five to
25 years. SBA loans are generally  offered at adjustable rates tied to the prime
rate (as published in the Wall Street Journal) with adjustment periods of one to
three months. The Bank generally sells the guaranteed portion of the SBA loan in
the secondary  market and retains the servicing rights on these loans collecting
a fee of approximately 1%. At December 31, 1998, SBA loans totaled $2.6 million,
representing 0.35% of gross loans.


                                       10
<PAGE>

     Consumer and Other Lending.  The Bank originates  other loans for business,
personal,  or household purposes.  Total consumer and other loans outstanding at
December 31, 1998 amounted to $1.9 million,  or 0.25%, of gross loans.  Business
loans are  personally  guaranteed  by the  owners,  and may also be  secured  by
additional collateral,  including equipment and inventory. The maximum loan size
for a business  loan is $75,000,  with a maximum  term of five  years.  Consumer
loans generally consist of passbook loans, overdraft lines of credit, automobile
loans and other personal loans. Generally,  unsecured consumer loans are limited
to  amounts  of $5,000 or less for terms of up to five  years.  The Bank  offers
credit cards to its customers  through a third party  financial  institution and
receives an origination fee and transactional fees for processing such accounts,
but does not underwrite or finance any portion of the credit card receivables.

     The  underwriting  standards  employed by the Bank for  consumer  and other
loans include a determination of the applicant's  payment history on other debts
and assessment of the applicant's  ability to meet payments on all of his or her
obligations.   In  addition  to  the  creditworthiness  of  the  applicant,  the
underwriting  process also includes a comparison of the value of the collateral,
if any, to the proposed loan amount.  Unsecured  loans tend to have higher risk,
and therefore command a higher interest rate.

     Loan Approval Procedures and Authority.  The Bank's Board-approved  lending
policies  establish  loan  approval  requirements  for its various types of loan
products.  Pursuant  to the Bank's  Residential  Mortgage  Lending  Policy,  all
residential  mortgage loans require three  signatures for approval.  Residential
mortgage loans which do not exceed $500,000 must have the approval of the Bank's
Senior Mortgage  Officer and two other loan officers.  For residential  mortgage
loans  greater than  $500,000,  at least one of the  approvals  must be from the
President,  Executive Vice  President or a Senior Vice President  (collectively,
"Authorized  Officers") and the other two may be from the Bank's Senior Mortgage
Officer,  Loan Underwriting Manager or Senior Underwriter.  Residential mortgage
loans in excess of $650,000  also must be approved  by the Loan  Committee,  the
Executive  Committee  or the full  Board of  Directors.  Pursuant  to the Bank's
Commercial  Real Estate  Lending  Policy,  all loans secured by commercial  real
estate properties and multi-family income producing properties, must be approved
by the President or the Executive Vice President upon the  recommendation of the
Commercial  Loan  Department  Officer.  Such  loans in excess of  $700,000  also
require Loan or Executive  Committee or Board  approval.  In accordance with the
Bank's  Business and Consumer  Loan  Policies,  all business and consumer  loans
require two  signatures  for  approval,  one of which must be from an Authorized
Officer.  In addition,  for business loans, the approval of the Bank's President
and  ratification  by the Loan  Committee of the Board of Directors is required.
The Bank's Construction Loan Policy requires that all construction loans must be
approved by the Loan or  Executive  Committee  or the Board of  Directors of the
Bank. Any loan,  regardless of type,  that deviates from the Bank's written loan
policies must be approved by the Loan or Executive Committee or the Bank's Board
of Directors.

     For all loans  originated  by the Bank,  upon  receipt of a completed  loan
application,  a credit report is ordered and certain other financial information
is obtained.  An  appraisal  of the real estate  intended to secure the proposed
loan is required.  Such  appraisals  currently are performed by the Bank's staff
appraiser or an independent  appraiser  designated and approved by the Bank. The
Bank's Board of Directors  annually approves the independent  appraisers used by
the Bank and approves the Bank's  appraisal  policy.  It is the Bank's policy to
require  borrowers to obtain title  insurance  and hazard  insurance on all real
estate first mortgage loans prior to closing.  Borrowers  generally are required
to advance funds on a monthly basis  together with each payment of principal and
interest to a mortgage  escrow  account from which the Bank makes  disbursements
for items  such as real  estate  taxes  and,  in some  cases,  hazard  insurance
premiums.


                                       11
<PAGE>

     Loan Concentrations.  The maximum amount of credit that the Bank can extend
to any single borrower or related group of borrowers generally is limited to 15%
of the Bank's  unimpaired  capital and surplus.  Applicable law and  regulations
permit an additional amount of credit to be extended, equal to 10% of unimpaired
capital and surplus,  if the loan is secured by readily  marketable  collateral,
which generally does not include real estate. See "Regulation."  However,  it is
currently the Bank's policy not to extend such  additional  credit.  At December
31, 1998,  the Bank had no loans in excess of the maximum dollar amount of loans
to one borrower that the Bank was  authorized  to make. At that date,  the three
largest  concentrations  of loans to one borrower  consisted of loans secured by
multi-family income producing  properties with an aggregate principal balance of
$10.3 million, $7.6 million and $7.4 million for each of the three borrowers.

     Loan  Servicing.  At  December  31,  1998,  the  Bank was  servicing  loans
aggregating  $34.8  million  for  others.  The  Bank's  policy is to retain  the
servicing  rights to the mortgage  and SBA loans that it sells in the  secondary
market.  In order to  increase  revenue,  management  intends to  continue  this
policy.

Asset Quality

     Loan  Collection.  When a borrower  fails to make a  required  payment on a
loan,  the Bank  takes a number  of steps to  induce  the  borrower  to cure the
delinquency and restore the loan to current  status.  In the case of residential
mortgage  loans and  consumer  loans,  the Bank  generally  sends the borrower a
written  notice of  non-payment  when the loan is first  past due.  In the event
payment is not then received,  additional  letters and phone calls generally are
made in order to  encourage  the borrower to meet with a  representative  of the
Bank to discuss the delinquency. If the loan still is not brought current and it
becomes  necessary for the Bank to take legal  action,  which  typically  occurs
after a loan is  delinquent 45 days or more,  the Bank may commence  foreclosure
proceedings  against real property that secures the real estate loan and attempt
to repossess  personal or business  property that secures an SBA loan,  business
loan,  consumer loan or co-operative  apartment loan. If a foreclosure action is
instituted  and the loan is not brought  current,  paid in full,  or  refinanced
before the  foreclosure  sale, the real property  securing the loan generally is
sold at foreclosure or by the Bank as soon thereafter as practicable.  Decisions
as to when to commence  foreclosure  actions for  multi-family,  commercial real
estate  and  construction  loans  are  made  on a  case  by  case  basis.  Since
foreclosure  typically  halts  the sale of the  collateral  and may be a lengthy
procedure  in the  State  of New  York,  the  Bank may  consider  loan  work-out
arrangements to work with multi-family or commercial real estate borrowers in an
effort to  restructure  the loan  rather  than  foreclose,  particularly  if the
borrower  is, in the  opinion  of  management,  able to manage the  project.  In
certain circumstances,  on rental properties, the Bank may institute proceedings
to seize the rent.

     On mortgage  loans or loan  participations  purchased by the Bank, the Bank
receives monthly reports from its loan servicers with which it monitors the loan
portfolio.  Based upon servicing agreements with the servicers of the loans, the
Bank  relies  upon  the  servicer  to  contact  delinquent  borrowers,   collect
delinquent amounts and initiate foreclosure proceedings,  when necessary, all in
accordance  with  applicable  laws,  regulations  and the terms of the servicing
agreements between the Bank and its servicing agents.

     Delinquent Loans and Non-performing Assets. The Bank generally discontinues
accruing  interest  on  delinquent  loans  when a loan  is 90 days  past  due or
foreclosure  proceedings have been commenced,  whichever first occurs.  Loans in
default  90 days or more as to  their  maturity  date  but not  their  payments,
however,  continue  to accrue  interest.  With  respect to loans on  non-accrual
status,  previously accrued but unpaid interest is deducted from interest income
six months after the date it becomes past due.


                                       12
<PAGE>

     The following table sets forth information regarding all non-accrual loans,
loans which are 90 days or more delinquent and still  accruing,  and real estate
owned ("REO") at the dates indicated.  During the years ended December 31, 1998,
1997 and 1996,  the amounts of additional  interest  income that would have been
recorded on non-accrual loans, had they been current, totaled $180,000, $180,000
and  $145,000,  respectively.  These  amounts  were not  included  in the Bank's
interest income for the respective periods.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             At December 31,
                                             ----------------------------------------------
                                              1998      1997      1996      1995      1994
                                             ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                         (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                          <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>   
Non-accrual loans:

One-to-four family residential               $1,261    $1,897    $1,835    $2,042    $2,375

Co-operative apartment                           15        --        32       109       153

Multi-family residential                         --        --       505     2,119       890

Commercial real estate                        1,280       512        --       427     1,452

Construction                                     --        --        --        --       364
                                             ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
          Total non-accrual mortgage loans    2,556     2,409     2,372     4,697     5,234

Other non-accrual loans                          41        49        36        50        63
                                             ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
          Total non-accrual loans             2,597     2,458     2,408     4,747     5,297

Mortgage loans 90 days or more delinquent
     and still accruing                          --        --        --       234        14

Other loans 90 days or more delinquent
     and still accruing                          --        --        --        --        --
                                             ------    ------    ------    ------    ------

          Total non-performing loans          2,597     2,458     2,408     4,981     5,311

Foreclosed real estate                           77       433     1,218     1,869     3,468
                                             ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
          Total non-performing assets        $2,674    $2,891    $3,626    $6,850    $8,779
                                             ======    ======    ======    ======    ======

Troubled debt restructurings                     --        --        --        --    $3,220
                                             ======    ======    ======    ======    ======


Non-performing loans to gross loans (1)        0.34%     0.41%     0.62%     1.74%     2.05%

Non-performing assets to total assets (1)      0.23%     0.27%     0.47%     0.97%     1.48%
</TABLE>

(1)  Ratios do not  include  troubled  debt  restructurings  where the loans are
     performing in accordance with the agreement.


                                       13
<PAGE>

     REO.  The Bank has  been  aggressively  marketing  its REO  properties.  At
December 31, 1998, the Bank owned one property with a carrying value of $77,000.

     The Bank currently  obtains  environmental  reports in connection  with the
underwriting   of   commercial   real  estate  loans,   and  typically   obtains
environmental reports in connection with the underwriting of multi-family loans.
For all other loans, the Bank obtains  environmental  reports only if the nature
of the current or, to the extent  known to the Bank,  prior use of the  property
securing the loan indicates a potential  environmental risk.  However,  the Bank
may not be aware of such uses or risks in any particular case, and, accordingly,
there is no assurance  that real estate  acquired by the Bank in  foreclosure is
free from  environmental  contamination  or that, if any such  contamination  or
other violation exists, the Bank will not have any liability therefor.

Allowance for Loan Losses

     The Bank has  established  and maintains on its books an allowance for loan
losses that is designed to provide reserves for estimated losses inherent in the
Bank's overall loan portfolio.  The allowance is established through a provision
for loan losses based on  management's  evaluation  of the risk  inherent in the
various components of its loan portfolio and other factors, including historical
loan loss  experience,  changes in the  composition and volume of the portfolio,
collection  policies and experiences,  trends in the volume of non-accrual loans
and regional and national economic conditions. The Company maintains an internal
loan review  committee that reviews the quality of loans and reports to the Loan
Committee of the Board of Directors on a monthly basis. The determination of the
amount of the allowance for loan losses includes  estimates that are susceptible
to  significant  changes  due to  changes  in  appraisal  values of  collateral,
national and regional economic  conditions and other factors. In connection with
the determination of the allowance, the market value of collateral ordinarily is
evaluated by the Bank's staff appraiser; however, the Bank may from time to time
obtain  independent   appraisals  for  significant   properties.   Current  year
charge-offs,  charge-off  trends,  new loan  production  and current  balance by
particular  loan  categories  also are taken  into  account in  determining  the
appropriate amount of the allowance.

     In assessing the adequacy of the allowance,  management  reviews the Bank's
loan  portfolio by separate  categories  which have similar risk and  collateral
characteristics;   e.g.  commercial  real  estate,   multi-family  real  estate,
one-to-four family residential loans,  co-operative  apartment loans, SBA loans,
business loans and consumer loans.  General  provisions are established  against
performing  loans in the Bank's portfolio in amounts deemed prudent from time to
time based on the Bank's  qualitative  analysis of the factors  described above.
The determination of the amount of the allowance for loan losses also includes a
review of loans on which full  collectibility  is not  reasonably  assured.  The
primary risk element  considered by management with respect to each  one-to-four
family residential loan,  co-operative  apartment loan, SBA loan,  business loan
and  consumer  loan is any current  delinquency  on the loan.  The primary  risk
elements  considered  with respect to  commercial  real estate and  multi-family
loans are the  financial  condition  of the  borrower,  the  sufficiency  of the
collateral  (including changes in the value of the collateral) and the record of
payment.

     The Bank's  determination  as to the  classification  of its assets and the
amount  of its  valuation  allowances  is  subject  to review by the OTS and the
Federal  Deposit  Insurance   Corporation   ("FDIC"),   which  can  require  the
establishment  of additional  general  allowances or specific loss allowances or
require  charge-offs.  Such  authorities may require the Bank to make additional
provisions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available
to them at the time of  their  examination.  An OTS  policy  statement  provides
guidance  for OTS  examiners  in  determining  whether  the  levels  of  general
valuation allowances for savings institutions are adequate. The policy statement
requires that if a savings  institution's  general valuation  allowance policies
and  procedures  are deemed to be inadequate,  the general  valuation  allowance
would be  compared  to certain  ranges of general  valuation  allowances  deemed
acceptable  by the OTS depending in part on the savings  institution's  level of
classified assets.



                                       14
<PAGE>

     The Bank's  provision for loan losses was  $214,000,  $104,000 and $418,000
for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.  At December
31, 1998,  the total  allowance for loan losses was $6.8  million,  representing
260.36% of non-performing loans and 252.83% of non-performing  assets,  compared
to ratios of 263.38% and 223.94%  respectively,  at December 31, 1997.  The Bank
continues  to monitor and modify the level of its  allowance  for loan losses in
order to maintain the allowance at a level which management  considers  adequate
to provide for probable loan losses based on available information.

     Management of the Bank believes that the current  allowance for loan losses
is adequate in light of current  economic  conditions and the composition of its
loan  portfolio  and other  available  information  and the  Board of  Directors
concurs in this  belief.  However,  many  factors may require  additions  to the
allowance for loan losses in future  periods  beyond those  currently  revealed.
These factors include future adverse changes in economic conditions,  changes in
interest  rates and changes in the financial  capacity of  individual  borrowers
(any of which may affect the ability of borrowers to make  repayments on loans),
changes in the real estate market  within the Bank's  lending area and the value
of  collateral,  or a review and  evaluation of the Bank's loan portfolio in the
future.  The  determination  of the  amount  of the  allowance  for loan  losses
includes estimates that are susceptible to significant changes due to changes in
appraisal  values of  collateral,  national  and regional  economic  conditions,
interest rates and other factors. In addition,  the Bank's increased emphasis on
commercial  real estate and  multi-family  loans can be expected to increase the
overall level of credit risk inherent in the Bank's loan portfolio.  The greater
risk associated with commercial real estate and  multi-family  loans may require
the Bank to increase its provisions for loan losses and to maintain an allowance
for  loan  losses  as a  percentage  of total  loans  that is in  excess  of the
allowance  currently  maintained  by the Bank.  Provisions  for loan  losses are
charged against net income. See "--Lending Activities" and "--Asset Quality."



                                       15
<PAGE>

     The following table sets forth the Bank's  allowance for loan losses at and
for the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   For the Year Ended December 31,
                                                        ----------------------------------------------------
                                                          1998        1997      1996       1995       1994
                                                        -------     -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>    
Balance at beginning of year                            $ 6,474     $ 5,437    $ 5,310    $ 5,370    $ 5,723

Provision for loan losses                                   214         104        418        496        246
Provision acquired from NY Federal                           --         979         --         --         --

Loans charged-off:

     One-to-four family                                      91          85        220        312        341
     Co-operative                                            --          44        162        183         71
     Multi-family                                            --          --         41        251         14
     Commercial                                              --          --         68        260        303
     Construction                                            --          --         --         --         --
     Other                                                   12          77         44         46         65
                                                        -------     -------    -------    -------    -------
          Total loans charged-off                           103         206        535      1,052        794
                                                        -------     -------    -------    -------    -------

Recoveries:

     Mortgage loans                                         177         155        244        496        195
     Other                                                   --           5         --         --         --
                                                        -------     -------    -------    -------    -------
          Total recoveries                                  177         160        244        496        195
                                                        -------     -------    -------    -------    -------
Balance at end of year                                  $ 6,762     $ 6,474    $ 5,437    $ 5,310    $ 5,370
                                                        =======     =======    =======    =======    =======


Ratio of net charge-offs (recoveries) during the year
   to average loans outstanding during the year           (0.01)%      0.01%      0.09%      0.21%      0.24%

Ratio of allowance for loan losses to
   gross loans at end of the year                          0.89%       1.07%      1.39%      1.85%      2.07%

Ratio of allowance for loan losses to
   non-performing loans at the end of year               260.36%     263.38%    225.79%    106.61%    101.11%

Ratio of allowance for loan losses to
   non-performing assets at the end of year              252.83%     223.94%    149.94%     77.52%     61.17%
</TABLE>


                                       16
<PAGE>

     The following  table sets forth the Bank's  allocation of its allowance for
loan losses to the total amount of loans in each of the categories listed at the
dates  indicated.  The numbers  contained  in the "Amount"  column  indicate the
allowance  for loan losses  allocated for each  particular  loan  category.  The
numbers  contained in the column  entitled  "Percentage  of Loans in Category to
Total Loans" indicate the total amount of loans in each particular category as a
percentage of the Bank's total loan portfolio.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               At December 31,
                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              1998              1997                1996               1995               1994
                                        ----------------   ----------------   ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
                                              Percentage         Percentage         Percentage         Percentage         Percentage
                                                  of                 of                 of                 of                 of    
                                               Loans in           Loans in           Loans in           Loans in           Loans in 
                                               Category           Category           Category           Category           Category 
                                                   to                 to                 to                 to                 to   
Loan Category                           Amount   Total     Amount   Total     Amount   Total     Amount   Total     Amount   Total  
- --------------------------------------------------------  -----------------  -----------------  -----------------  -----------------
                                                                           (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                     <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>    
Mortgage Loans:

     One-to-four family                 $2,575    47.69%   $1,711    47.67%   $1,065    57.28%   $1,126    54.20%   $1,132    51.39%

     Co-operative                          278     1.35       510     1.99       458     3.40       407     5.11       125     6.24

     Multi-family                        1,395    36.57     1,021    37.95     1,456    26.91     1,625    24.11     1,024    21.85

     Commercial                          1,990    13.37     3,073    11.24     2,434    11.98     2,139    15.77     3,070    19.13

     Construction                          114     0.42       128     0.46        --       --        --       --        --     0.14
                                        ---------------    ---------------    ---------------    ---------------    ---------------

          Total mortgage loans           6,352    99.40     6,443    99.31     5,413    99.57     5,297    99.19     5,351    98.75

Small Business
   Administration loans                    273     0.35        23     0.46        --       --        --       --        --       -- 

Other Loans                                137     0.25         8     0.23        24     0.43        13     0.81        19     1.25
                                        ---------------    ---------------    ---------------    ---------------    ---------------
          Total loans                   $6,762   100.00%   $6,474   100.00%   $5,437   100.00%   $5,310   100.00%   $5,370   100.00%
                                        ===============    ===============    ===============    ===============    ===============
</TABLE>


                                       17
<PAGE>

Investment Activities

     General.  The  investment  policy of the Company,  which is approved by the
Board  of  Directors,   is  designed  primarily  to  manage  the  interest  rate
sensitivity  of its  overall  assets and  liabilities,  to  generate a favorable
return without  incurring undue interest rate and credit risk, to complement the
Bank's lending activities and to provide and maintain liquidity. In establishing
its  investment  strategies,  the  Company  considers  its  business  and growth
strategies,  the economic  environment,  its  interest  rate  sensitivity  "gap"
position,   the  types  of  securities  to  be  held,  and  other  factors.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operation--Management  Strategy," included in the Annual Report and incorporated
herein by reference.

     Federally  chartered  savings  institutions  have  authority  to  invest in
various types of assets,  including U.S. government  obligations,  securities of
various  federal  agencies,  mortgage-backed  and  mortgage-related  securities,
certain  certificates  of  deposit of insured  banks and  savings  institutions,
certain bankers acceptances, repurchase agreements, loans of federal funds, and,
subject to certain limits,  corporate  securities,  commercial  paper and mutual
funds.  All  mortgage-backed  securities  held by the  Company  and the Bank are
directly  or  indirectly  insured or  guaranteed  by Federal  National  Mortgage
Association  ("FNMA"),  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation  ("FHLMC") or the
Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA").

     The  Investment  Committee of the Bank and the Company  meets  quarterly to
monitor investment  transactions and to establish investment strategy. The Board
of Directors  reviews the  investment  policy on an annual basis and  investment
activity on a monthly basis.

     The Company  classifies  its  investment  securities as available for sale.
Unrealized gains and losses for available-for-sale  securities are excluded from
earnings  and included in  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Income (a separate
component of equity), net of taxes. At December 31, 1998, the Company had $326.7
million  in  securities  available  for sale which  represented  28.61% of total
assets.  These  securities  had an aggregate  market value at that date that was
approximately  2.5 times the amount of the  Company's  equity at that date.  The
cumulative balance of unrealized net gains on securities  available for sale was
$1.3 million,  net of taxes,  at December 31, 1998. As a result of the magnitude
of the Company's holdings of securities  available for sale, changes in interest
rates could  produce  significant  changes in the value of such  securities  and
could produce significant  fluctuations in the equity of the Company. See Note 6
of "Notes to Consolidated  Financial  Statements," included in the Annual Report
and  incorporated  herein by  reference.  The Company may from time to time sell
securities  and realize a loss if the proceeds of such sale may be reinvested in
loans or other assets offering more attractive yields.

     At  December  31,  1998,  the  Company had no  investment  in a  particular
issuer's  securities  that either alone, or together with any investments in the
securities  of any  affiliate(s)  of such issuer,  exceeded 10% of the Company's
equity.


                                       18
<PAGE>

     The table below sets forth certain information regarding the amortized cost
and market  values of the Company's and Bank's  securities  portfolio,  interest
bearing  deposits and federal funds,  and FHLB-NY stock at the dates  indicated.
Securities  available for sale are recorded at market value. See Note 6 of Notes
to   Consolidated   Financial   Statements,   included  in  the  Annual  Report,
incorporated herein by reference.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   At December 31,
                                                -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           1998                         1997                       1996
                                                --------------------------   --------------------------  --------------------------
                                                 Amortized       Market       Amortized      Market       Amortized       Market
                                                   Cost           Value         Cost          Value          Cost         Value
                                                --------------------------   --------------------------  --------------------------
                                                                                  (In thousands)
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>             <C>          <C>             <C>         <C>     
SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

Bonds and other debt securities:
    U.S. government and agencies                      $13,213     $13,425        $120,106     $120,123        $150,045    $148,141
    Corporate debentures                                4,711       4,710          13,149       13,178          37,050      37,433
    Public utility                                        945         944           2,247        2,271           4,305       4,294
                                                --------------------------   --------------------------  --------------------------
        Total bonds and other debt securities          18,869      19,079         135,502      135,572         191,400     189,868
                                                --------------------------   --------------------------  --------------------------

Equity securities:
    Common stock                                        2,390       2,776             606        1,187             606         738
    Preferred stock                                     2,309       2,414           2,768        2,843             250         251
                                                --------------------------   --------------------------  --------------------------
        Total equity securities                         4,699       5,190           3,374        4,030             856         989
                                                --------------------------   --------------------------  --------------------------

Mortgage-backed securities:
    FHLMC                                              14,831      14,894          34,015       34,120          47,217      46,406
    FNMA                                               20,717      21,102          55,559       56,068          83,727      83,756
    GNMA                                              265,089     266,425         125,585      126,922          10,973      10,876
                                                --------------------------   --------------------------  --------------------------
        Total mortgage-backed securities              300,637     302,421         215,159      217,110         141,917     141,038
                                                --------------------------   --------------------------  --------------------------
Total securities available for sale                   324,205     326,690         354,035      356,712         334,173     331,895
                                                --------------------------   --------------------------  --------------------------

INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS AND                                                                                                      
    FEDERAL FUNDS SOLD                                 12,008      12,008          84,838       84,838          27,465      27,465

FHLB--NEW YORK STOCK                                   17,320      17,320          14,356       14,356           4,158       4,158
                                                --------------------------   --------------------------  --------------------------
Total                                                $353,533    $356,018        $453,229     $455,906        $365,796    $363,518
                                                ==========================   ==========================  ==========================
</TABLE>


     Mortgage-backed securities. All of the mortgage-backed securities currently
held by the Company are issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA. At December
31, 1998, the Company had $302.4 million invested in mortgage-backed securities,
of  which  $20.7  million  was  invested  in   adjustable-rate   mortgage-backed
securities.  The mortgage  loans  underlying  these  adjustable-rate  securities
generally  are  subject to  limitations  on annual and  lifetime  interest  rate
increases.   The  Company   anticipates  that  investments  in   mortgage-backed
securities may continue to be used in the future to supplement  mortgage lending
activities.  Mortgage-backed securities are more liquid than individual mortgage
loans and may be used more easily to collateralize obligations of the Bank.


                                       19
<PAGE>


     The  following  table sets forth the Company's  mortgage-backed  securities
purchases, sales and principal repayments for the years indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           For the Year Ended December 31,
                                                           ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   1998                 1997                  1996
                                                           ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 (In thousands)
<S>                                                                   <C>                  <C>                   <C>     
At beginning of year                                                  $217,110             $141,038              $179,300

Purchases of mortgage-backed securities                                245,942              136,063                 8,415
Amortization of unearned premium, net of                                                                                  
    accretion of unearned discount                                     (1,386)                (473)                 (908)
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on                                                                                
    mortgage-backed securities available for sale                        (189)                2,830               (2,249)
Sales of mortgage-backed securities                                   (66,136)             (33,934)               (4,742)
Principal repayments received on                                                                                          
    mortgage-backed securities                                        (92,920)             (28,414)              (38,778)

                                                           ---------------------------------------------------------------
    Net increase (decrease) in mortgage-backed securities               85,311               76,072              (38,262)
                                                           ---------------------------------------------------------------
At end of year                                                        $302,421             $217,110              $141,038
                                                           ===============================================================
</TABLE>


     While mortgage-backed securities carry a reduced credit risk as compared to
whole  loans,  such  securities  remain  subject to the risk that a  fluctuating
interest  rate  environment,  along with other  factors  such as the  geographic
distribution of the underlying  mortgage loans, may alter the prepayment rate of
such mortgage  loans and so affect both the  prepayment  speed and value of such
securities.  The Bank held one collateralized mortgage obligation ("CMO") with a
market  value of $4.5 million at December 31, 1996 and none at December 31, 1998
and 1997. The Bank does not have any derivative  instruments,  including  CMO's,
with market values that are extremely sensitive to changes in interest rates.


                                       20
<PAGE>

     The table below sets forth  certain  information  regarding  the  amortized
cost, estimated fair value, annualized weighted average yields and maturities of
the  Company's  and the Bank's debt and equity  securities at December 31, 1998.
The  stratification of balances is based on stated  maturities.  Assumptions for
repayments and prepayments are not reflected for mortgage-backed securities. The
Company and the Bank carry these  investments  at their  estimated fair value in
the consolidated financial statements.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 At December 31, 1998
                                                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        One Year or Less            One to Five Years          Five to Ten Years    
                                                     ------------------------    ------------------------   ------------------------
                                                                                                                                    
                                                                  Weighted                    Weighted                   Weighted   
                                                      Amortized    Average        Amortized    Average       Amortized    Average   
                                                        Cost        Yield           Cost        Yield          Cost        Yield    
                                                     ------------------------    ------------------------   ------------------------
                                                                                 (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>             <C>  
SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

Bonds and other debt securities:
    U.S. government agencies                                  --          --              --          --         $8,213        7.36%
    Corporate debt                                        $4,001        5.75%             --          --            242        8.37 
    Public utility                                           945        6.31              --          --             --          -- 
                                                     ------------------------    ------------------------   ------------------------
        Total bonds and other debt securities              4,946        5.86              --          --          8,455        7.39 
                                                     ------------------------    ------------------------   ------------------------

Equity securities:
    Common stock                                           2,390        1.50              --          --             --          -- 
    Preferred stock                                          301        7.61          $1,600        8.03 %          308        7.27 
                                                     ------------------------    ------------------------   ------------------------
        Total equity securities                            2,691        2.18           1,600        8.03            308        7.27 
                                                     ------------------------    ------------------------   ------------------------

Mortgage-backed securities:
    FHLMC                                                     --          --             752        7.11            603        8.12 
    FNMA                                                      --          --             171        7.10          2,153        7.06 
    GNMA                                                      --          --              --          --             16        7.31 
                                                     ------------------------    ------------------------   ------------------------
        Total mortgage-backed securities                      --          --             923        7.11          2,772        7.29 
                                                     ------------------------    ------------------------   ------------------------

INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS AND FEDERAL                                                                                               
    FUNDS SOLD                                            12,008        4.56              --          --             --          -- 

FHLB--NEW YORK STOCK                                      17,320        7.00              --          --             --          -- 
                                                     ------------------------    ------------------------   ------------------------
        Total securities                                 $36,965        5.70%         $2,523        7.69%       $11,535        7.36%
                                                     ========================    ========================   ========================

<CAPTION>
                                                                                 At December 31, 1998
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       More than Ten Years                       Total Securities
                                                     ------------------------   ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   Average                                         
                                                                  Weighted        Remaining                             Weighted
                                                      Amortized    Average         Years to     Amortized   Estimated    Average
                                                        Cost        Yield          Maturity       Cost     Fair Value     Yield
                                                     ------------------------   ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>             <C>  
SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

Bonds and other debt securities:
    U.S. government agencies                              $5,000        6.68%        9.11          $13,213     $13,425        7.10%
    Corporate debt                                           468        6.07         1.74            4,711       4,710        5.92
    Public utility                                            --          --         0.28              945         944        6.31
                                                     ------------------------   ---------------------------------------------------
        Total bonds and other debt securities              5,468        6.63         6.85           18,869      19,079        6.77
                                                     ------------------------   ---------------------------------------------------

Equity securities:
    Common stock                                              --          --         N/A             2,390       2,776        1.50
    Preferred stock                                          100       11.00         4.49            2,309       2,414        8.00
                                                     ------------------------   ---------------------------------------------------
        Total equity securities                              100       11.00         4.49            4,699       5,190        4.70
                                                     ------------------------   ---------------------------------------------------

Mortgage-backed securities:
    FHLMC                                                 13,476        7.45        20.42           14,831      14,894        7.46
    FNMA                                                  18,393        7.59        21.15           20,717      21,102        7.53
    GNMA                                                 265,073        7.36        28.79          265,089     266,425        7.36
                                                     ------------------------   ---------------------------------------------------
        Total mortgage-backed securities                 296,942        7.38        27.85          300,637     302,421        7.38
                                                     ------------------------   ---------------------------------------------------

INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS AND FEDERAL                                                                                              
    FUNDS SOLD                                                --          --         N/A            12,008      12,008        4.56

FHLB--NEW YORK STOCK                                          --          --         N/A            17,320      17,320        7.00
                                                     ------------------------   ---------------------------------------------------
        Total securities                                $302,510        7.36%       24.24         $353,533    $356,018        7.20%
                                                     ========================   ===================================================
</TABLE>



                                       21
<PAGE>

Sources of Funds

     General. Deposits,  FHLB-NY borrowings,  principal and interest payments on
loans,  mortgage-backed  and other securities,  and proceeds from sales of loans
and securities are the Company's primary sources of funds for lending, investing
and other general purposes.

     Deposits.  The Bank offers a variety of deposit  accounts having a range of
interest rates and terms.  The Bank's deposits  principally  consist of passbook
accounts, money market accounts,  demand accounts, NOW accounts and certificates
of deposit.  The Bank has a relatively stable retail deposit base drawn from its
market area  through its eight full  service  offices.  The Bank seeks to retain
existing  depositor  relationships  by offering  quality service and competitive
interest rates,  while keeping deposit growth within  reasonable  limits.  It is
management's  intention  to balance its goal to remain  competitive  in interest
rates on  deposits  while  seeking to manage  its cost of funds to  finance  its
strategies.

     The Bank's core deposits,  consisting of passbook  accounts,  NOW accounts,
money market,  and  non-interest  bearing  demand  accounts,  are typically more
stable and lower  cost than  other  sources  of  funding.  However,  the flow of
deposits  into a  particular  type of account  is  influenced  significantly  by
general  economic  conditions,  changes  in  prevailing  money  market and other
interest rates and competition.  During the low interest rate environment of the
past several  years,  the Bank  experienced a shift by depositors  from passbook
accounts to higher costing  certificate of deposit  accounts.  Although the Bank
has  not  had  to  raise  interest  rates  on its  deposit  accounts  to  remain
competitive, it has had to increase borrowing activity. These trends contributed
to the  increase in the  Company's  higher  average cost of funds from 4.39% for
1996 to 4.74% for 1997 and to 4.97% for 1998.  A  continuation  of these  trends
could  result  in a  further  increase  in the  Company's  cost of  funds  and a
narrowing of the Company's net interest margin.

     Included in deposits are certificates of deposit with a balance of $100,000
or greater  totaling $30.5 million,  $29.9 million and $22.0 million at December
31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.


                                       22
<PAGE>

     The  following  table sets  forth the  distribution  of the Bank's  deposit
accounts at the dates indicated and the weighted  average nominal interest rates
on each category of deposits presented.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   At December 31,
                                                -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 1998                                         1997                 
                                                -----------------------------------------    --------------------------------------
                                                               Percent of      Weighted                  Percent of      Weighted  
                                                                 Total         Average                      Total         Average  
                                                   Amount       Deposits     Nominal Rate     Amount       Deposits    Nominal Rate
                                                -----------   -----------    ------------    ---------   -----------   ------------
                                                                               (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                <C>             <C>               <C>      <C>             <C>              <C>  
Passbook accounts (1)                              $203,949         30.71%           2.29%    $201,668         30.75%          2.90%
NOW accounts (1)                                     26,788          4.03            1.90       23,825          3.63           1.90 
Demand accounts (1)                                  27,505          4.14              --       19,263          2.94             -- 
Mortgagors' escrow deposits (1)                       6,563          0.99            1.06        4,900          0.75           1.17 
                                                -----------   -----------    ------------    ---------   -----------   ------------ 
          Total                                     264,805         39.87            1.98      249,656         38.07           2.55 
                                                -----------   -----------    ------------    ---------   -----------   ------------ 

Money market accounts (1)                            28,439          4.28            2.69       23,526          3.59           2.86 

Certificate of deposit accounts 
  with original maturities of:
     6 Months and less                               54,268          8.17            4.30       61,916          9.44           5.31 
     6 to 12 Months                                  81,092         12.21            4.96       75,340         11.49           5.53 
     12 to 30 Months                                139,397         21.00            5.71      130,414         19.87           6.05 
     30 to 48 Months                                 41,543          6.26            6.17       56,209          8.57           6.48 
     48 to 72 Months                                 50,323          7.58            6.22       54,406          8.29           6.36 
     72 Months or more                                4,192          0.63            6.54        4,444          0.68           6.67 
                                                -----------   -----------    ------------    ---------   -----------   ------------ 
          Total certificate of deposit accounts     370,815         55.85            5.47      382,729         58.34           5.94 
                                                -----------   -----------    ------------    ---------   -----------   ------------ 
Total deposits (2)                                 $664,059        100.00%           3.96%    $655,911        100.00%          4.54%
                                                ===========   ===========    ============    =========   ===========   ============ 
<CAPTION>
                                                                  At December 31,
                                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                                                      1996
                                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                                                      Percent of      Weighted  
                                                                         Total         Average  
                                                       Amount          Deposits     Nominal Rate
                                                   --------------    ------------   ------------
                                                                (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                      <C>               <C>              <C>  
Passbook accounts (1)                                    $209,690           35.88%          2.86%
NOW accounts (1)                                           21,408            3.66           1.90
Demand accounts (1)                                        10,293            1.76             --
Mortgagors' escrow deposits (1)                             3,425            0.59           1.47
                                                   --------------    ------------   ------------
          Total                                           244,816           41.89           2.64
                                                   --------------    ------------   ------------

Money market accounts (1)                                  25,180            4.31           2.85

Certificate of deposit accounts 
  with original maturities of:
     6 Months and less                                     60,207           10.30           5.04
     6 to 12 Months                                        77,881           13.32           5.15
     12 to 30 Months                                      113,108           19.36           6.19
     30 to 48 Months                                       15,307            2.62           6.10
     48 to 72 Months                                       47,079            8.05           6.10
     72 Months or more                                        901            0.15           5.90
                                                   --------------    ------------   ------------
          Total certificate of deposit accounts           314,483           53.80           5.69
                                                   --------------    ------------   ------------
Total deposits (2)                                       $584,479          100.00%          4.29%
                                                   ==============    ============   ============
</TABLE>

(1)  Weighted  average  nominal  rate as of the year end date  equals the stated
     rate offered.

(2)  Included in the above  balances are IRA and Keogh  deposits  totaling $86.4
     million,  $85.8  million and $83.9  million at December 31, 1998,  1997 and
     1996, respectively.


                                       23
<PAGE>


     The  following  table  presents by various rate  categories,  the amount of
certificate of deposit accounts outstanding at the dates indicated and the years
to maturity of the certificate accounts outstanding at December 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     At December 31, 1998
                                                                                     -----------------------------------------------
                                                    At December 31,                   Within       One to     
                                       -----------------------------------------       One         Three        There-
                                         1998            1997             1996         Year         Year         after       Total
                                       --------        --------         --------     --------      -------      -------     --------
                                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                    <C>             <C>              <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>     
Certificate of deposit accounts:
2.99 or less                               $136            $625              $37          $42          $94           --         $136
3.00 to 3.99                             22,234              --               --       22,234           --           --       22,234
4.00 to 4.99                             82,899          21,265           28,283       71,730       10,093       $1,076       82,899
5.00 to 5.99                            161,122         220,994          192,557       98,343       45,629       17,150      161,122
6.00 to 6.99                             92,038         124,682           59,822       58,905       21,035       12,098       92,038
7.00 to 7.99                             12,386          15,163           33,784        1,327       11,059           --       12,386
                                       --------        --------         --------     --------      -------      -------     --------
     Total                             $370,815        $382,729         $314,483     $252,581      $87,910      $30,324     $370,815
                                       ========        ========         ========     ========      =======      =======     ========
</TABLE>


     The following table presents by various  maturity  categories the amount of
certificate  of deposit  accounts  with balances of $100,000 or more at December
31, 1998 and their annualized weighted average interest rates.

                                               Amount      Weighted Average Rate
                                               ------      ---------------------
                                                (Dollars in thousands)
     Maturity Period:
          Three months or less                 $5,220            5.53%
          Over three through six months         1,871            5.06
          Over six through 12 months            5,877            5.15
          Over 12 months                       17,581            5.88
                                              -------            ----
     Total                                    $30,549            5.63%
                                              =======            ====
                                                         

     The  following  table  presents  the  deposit  activity of the Bank for the
periods indicated.

                                                 For the Year Ended December 31,
                                               ---------------------------------
                                                 1998        1997        1996
                                               --------    --------    ---------
                                                      (Dollars in thousands)

Net deposits / (withdrawals) (1)                $(19,824)    $(6,009)       $453
Interest credited on deposits                     27,972      26,566      24,162
Deposits acquired from New York Federal               --      50,875          --
                                                --------    --------    --------
     Total increase in deposits                   $8,148     $71,432     $24,615
                                                ========    ========    ========

(1)  Includes mortgagors' escrow deposits.


                                       24
<PAGE>

     The  following  table sets  forth the  distribution  of the Bank's  average
deposit  accounts  for the years  indicated,  the  percentage  of total  deposit
portfolio,  and the average  interest cost of each deposit  category  presented.
Average balances for all years shown are derived from daily balances.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      For The Year Ended December 31,
                                       ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         1998                                      1997                  
                                       -------------------------------------       ------------------------------------- 
                                                       Percent                                     Percent               
                                        Average       of Total      Average         Average       of Total      Average  
                                        Balance       Deposits       Cost           Balance       Deposits       Cost    
                                       -------------------------------------       ------------------------------------- 
                                                                                          (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                    <C>             <C>              <C>        <C>             <C>              <C>  
Passbook accounts                      $202,291         30.53%          2.74%      $206,196         33.56%          2.85%
NOW accounts                             24,375          3.68           1.91         22,679          3.69           1.90 
Demand accounts                          26,177          3.95             --         12,306          2.00             -- 
Mortgagors' escrow deposits               6,724          1.01           1.06          6,044          0.98           1.17 
     Total                              259,567         39.17           2.34        247,225         40.23           2.58 
Money market accounts                    26,240          3.96           2.95         24,367          3.97           2.84 
                                       -------------------------------------       ------------------------------------- 
Certificate of deposit accounts         376,787         56.87           5.61        342,898         55.80           5.68 
                                       -------------------------------------       ------------------------------------- 
     Total deposits                    $662,594        100.00%          4.22%      $614,490        100.00%          4.32%
                                       =====================================       ===================================== 

<CAPTION>
                                           For The Year Ended December 31,
                                       -------------------------------------
                                                       1996
                                       -------------------------------------
                                                       Percent             
                                        Average       of Total      Average
                                        Balance       Deposits       Cost  
                                       -------------------------------------
                                                 (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                    <C>             <C>              <C>  
Passbook accounts                      $214,843         37.55%          2.86%
NOW accounts                             19,483          3.41           1.90
Demand accounts                          10,230          1.79             --
Mortgagors' escrow deposits               4,292          0.75           1.47
     Total                              248,848         43.50           2.64
Money market accounts                    26,470          4.63           2.80
                                       -------------------------------------
Certificate of deposit accounts         296,867         51.87           5.68
                                       -------------------------------------
     Total deposits                    $572,185        100.00%          4.22%
                                       =====================================
</TABLE>

     Borrowings.  Although  deposits are the Bank's primary source of funds, the
Bank  has  increased  utilization  of  borrowings  as an  alternative  and  cost
effective  source of funds for lending,  investing and other  general  purposes.
Upon the Bank's  conversion from a New York State chartered  mutual savings bank
to a federally  chartered mutual savings bank on May 10, 1994, the Bank became a
member of, and became  eligible  to obtain  advances  from,  the  FHLB-NY.  Such
advances  generally  are secured by a blanket lien  against the Bank's  mortgage
portfolio  and  the  Bank's  investment  in  the  stock  of  the  FHLB-NY.   See
"Regulations  -- Federal  Home Loan Bank  System".  The maximum  amount that the
FHLB-NY will advance for purposes other than for meeting withdrawals  fluctuates
from time to time in accordance with the policies of the FHLB-NY.  The Bank also
enters in reverse repurchase  agreements with the FHLB-NY.  These agreements are
recorded  as  financing  transactions  and the  obligations  to  repurchase  are
reflected as a liability in the Company's consolidated financial statements.


                                       25
<PAGE>

     The  following  table sets forth certain  information  regarding the Bank's
borrowed funds at or for the periods ended on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        At or For the Year Ended December 31,
                                                                --------------------------------------------------
                                                                  1998                 1997                 1996
                                                                --------             --------              -------
                                                                              (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                             <C>                  <C>                   <C>    
SECURITIES SOLD WITH THE AGREEMENT TO REPURCHASE
Average balance outstanding                                     $110,274               $6,904                   --
Maximum amount outstanding at any month
    end during the period                                       $130,000             $100,000                   -- 
Balance outstanding at the end of period                        $120,000             $100,000                   --
Weighted average interest rate during the period                    5.81%                5.84%                  --
Weighted average interest rate at end of period                     5.83%                5.83%                  --

FHLB-NY ADVANCES
Average balance outstanding                                     $193,299             $125,295              $36,396
Maximum amount outstanding at any month
    end during the period                                       $216,406             $187,112              $51,000
Balance outstanding at the end of period                        $215,458             $187,112              $51,000
Weighted average interest rate during the period                    6.36%                6.34%                5.77%
Weighted average interest rate at end of period                     6.26%                6.34%                5.85%

OTHER BORROWINGS
Average balance outstanding                                           --                  $75                   --
Maximum amount outstanding at any month
    end during the period                                             --                  $75                   -- 
Balance outstanding at the end of period                              --                  $75                   --
Weighted average interest rate during the period                      --                   --                   --
Weighted average interest rate at end of period                       --                   --                   --

TOTAL BORROWINGS
Average balance outstanding                                     $303,573             $132,274              $36,396
Maximum amount outstanding at any month
    end during the period                                       $346,406             $287,187              $51,000
Balance outstanding at the end of period                        $335,458             $287,187              $51,000
Weighted average interest rate during the period                    6.16%                6.22%                5.77%
Weighted average interest rate at end of period                     6.11%                6.16%                5.85%
</TABLE>


                                       26
<PAGE>

Subsidiary Activities

     At December 31, 1998,  the Bank had three  wholly-owned  subsidiaries:  FSB
Properties, Inc. ("Properties"), Flushing Preferred Funding Corporation ("FPFC")
and Flushing Service Corporation.

     (a)  Properties  was formed in 1976 under the Bank's New York State  leeway
investment authority.  The original purpose of Properties was to engage in joint
venture real estate equity  investments.  The Bank discontinued these activities
in 1986. The last joint venture in which  Properties was a partner was dissolved
in 1989.

     (b)  FPFC  was  formed  in the  fourth  quarter  of 1997  as a real  estate
investment trust for the purpose of acquiring,  holding and managing real estate
mortgage assets.

     (c) Flushing  Service  Corporation  was formed in 1998 to market  insurance
products  and mutual  funds.  The  insurance  products and mutual funds sold are
products of  unrelated  insurance  and  securities  firms from which the service
corporation earns a commission.

Personnel

     At December 31, 1998, the Bank had 171 full-time employees and 53 part-time
employees.  None  of  the  Bank's  employees  are  represented  by a  collective
bargaining unit, and the Bank considers its  relationship  with its employees to
be good.

                                       27
<PAGE>


                                  RISK FACTORS

     In addition to the other  information  contained  in this Annual  Report on
Form 10-K, the following factors and other  considerations  should be considered
carefully in evaluating the Company, the Bank and their business.

Effect of Interest Rates

     Like most  financial  institutions,  the  Company's  results of  operations
depends to a large  degree on its net  interest  income.  When  interest-bearing
liabilities  mature or reprice  more  quickly than  interest-earning  assets,  a
significant  increase  in market  interest  rates  could  adversely  affect  net
interest income. Conversely, under such circumstances, a significant decrease in
market  interest  rates could result in  increased  net  interest  income.  As a
general  matter,  the Company  seeks to manage its business to limit its overall
exposure to interest rate fluctuations. However, fluctuations in market interest
rates are neither  predictable nor  controllable and may have a material adverse
impact on the operations and financial condition of the Company.

     Prevailing  interest rates also affect the extent to which borrowers prepay
and refinance  loans.  Declining  interest  rates tend to result in an increased
number of loan prepayments and loan refinancings to lower than original interest
rates, as well as prepayments of  mortgage-backed  securities.  Such prepayments
and  refinancings  adversely  affect the average yield on the Company's loan and
mortgage-backed   securities   portfolio,   the  value  of  mortgage  loans  and
mortgage-backed securities in the Company's portfolio, the levels of such assets
that are retained by the Company, net interest income and loan servicing income.
However,  the Bank may  receive  additional  loan fees when  existing  loans are
refinanced,  which  may  partially  offset  reduced  yield  on the  Bank's  loan
portfolio  resulting from  prepayments.  In periods of low interest  rates,  the
Bank's  level of core  deposits  also may  decline  if  depositors  seek  higher
yielding instruments or other investments not offered by the Bank, which in turn
may increase  the Bank's cost of funds and  decrease its net interest  margin to
the extent alternative  funding sources are utilized.  Significant  increases in
prevailing interest rates may significantly affect demand for loans and value of
bank collateral. See "--Local Economic Conditions."

Lending Activities

     Multi-family and commercial real estate loans, the increased origination of
which is part of  management's  strategy,  are generally  viewed as exposing the
lender to a greater  risk of loss than  fully  underwritten  one-to-four  family
residential  loans and  typically  involve  higher  principal  amounts per loan.
Repayment  of  multi-family  and  commercial  real  estate  loans  generally  is
dependent,  in large part,  upon  sufficient  income from the  property to cover
operating  expenses and debt service.  Changes in local economic  conditions and
government regulations, which are outside the control of the borrower or lender,
also could affect the value of the security for the loan or the future cash flow
of the affected properties.

     As a result of  management's  strategy  to  increase  its  originations  of
one-to-four  family  mortgage loans through more aggressive  marketing,  and the
Bank's  commitment  to  be  a   community-oriented   bank,  the  Bank  increased
substantially  the  origination of residential  mortgage loans to  self-employed
individuals  within the  Bank's  local  community  without  verification  of the
borrower's  level of  income.  These  loans  involve a higher  degree of risk as
compared to the Bank's other fully  underwritten  residential  mortgage loans as
there is a greater opportunity for borrowers to falsify or overstate their level
of income and ability to service  indebtedness.  To mitigate this risk, the Bank
typically limits the amount of these loans to 80% of the appraised value or sale
price,  whichever  is  less.  These  loans  are not as  readily  salable  in the
secondary market as the Bank's other fully underwritten  loans,  either as whole
loans or when pooled or securitized.


                                       28
<PAGE>

     The future  earnings  prospects  of the Bank will be affected by the Bank's
ability  to  compete  effectively  with  other  financial  institutions  and  to
implement its business strategies.  There can be no assurance that the Bank will
be able to  successfully  implement  its business  strategies.  In assessing the
future earnings  prospects of the Bank,  investors should consider,  among other
things,  the Bank's level of origination of one-to-four family loans, the Bank's
proposed increased emphasis on commercial real estate and multi-family loans and
the  greater  risks  associated  with  such  loans.  See  "Business  --  Lending
Activities".

Competition

     The Bank faces intense and increasing  competition both in making loans and
in attracting  deposits.  The Bank's market area has a high density of financial
institutions,  many of which have greater financial resources,  name recognition
and market  presence than the Bank, and all of which are competitors of the Bank
to varying degrees. See "Business - Market Area and Competition."

Local Economic Conditions

     Although general economic conditions in the New York City metropolitan area
have improved  since the early 1990's,  there can be no assurance that the local
economy will continue to improve or remain at current conditions.

     A decline in the local economy,  national economy or metropolitan area real
estate  market could  adversely  affect the  financial  condition and results of
operations  of the  Company,  including  through  decreased  demand for loans or
increased  competition for good loans,  increased  non-performing loans and loan
losses and  resulting  additional  provisions  for loan losses and for losses on
real estate  owned.  Although  management  of the Bank believes that the current
allowance for loan losses is adequate in light of current  economic  conditions,
many factors may require  additions to the  allowance  for loan losses in future
periods  above those  currently  revealed.  These factors  include:  (i) adverse
changes in economic conditions and changes in interest rates that may affect the
ability of borrowers to make  payments on loans,  (ii) changes in the  financial
capacity of individual borrowers,  (iii) changes in the local real estate market
and the  value of the  Bank's  loan  collateral,  and  (iv)  future  review  and
evaluation of the Bank's loan portfolio, internally or by regulators. The amount
of the allowance  for loan losses at any time  represents  good faith  estimates
that are susceptible to significant  changes due to changes in appraisal  values
of collateral,  national and regional economic  conditions,  prevailing interest
rates and other factors. See "Business Allowance for Loan Losses."

Year 2000 Compliance

     The Company  utilizes and is  dependent  upon data  processing  systems and
software to conduct  its  business.  The data  processing  systems and  software
include  those  developed  and  maintained  by the  Company's  third  party data
processing vendor and purchased software run on in-house computer  networks.  As
the year 2000 approaches,  a critical  business issue has emerged  regarding how
existing  application  software  programs and operating  systems can accommodate
this date value. As a result, in 1997, the Company  established a year 2000 task
force to ensure that its  computer  systems will  function  properly in the year
2000.  The task force has  contacted the Company's  data  processing  vendor and
software suppliers to determine whether the systems used by the Company are year
2000  compliant  and, if not, to assess the  corrective  steps being taken.  The
Company's  data  processing  vendor and the majority of the other  vendors which
have been contacted have indicated that their hardware  and/or  software will be
year 2000  compliant.  Testing is being  performed  for  compliance  and regular
monthly  reports are being  submitted to the Company's Board of Directors by the
task force. While some expenses have been incurred,  year 2000 compliance is not
expected  to have a  material  effect on the  Company's  consolidated  financial
condition,  results of operations, or cash flows. However, given the uncertainty
inherent in the year 2000 problem, there can be no assurance that 


                                       29
<PAGE>

the Company or its third party  vendors will meet their  respective  target date
for  compliance  which could result in a material  adverse effect on the Company
and its operations.  For a further  discussion of this issue, see  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations - Year
2000  Compliance"  included  in  the  Annual  Report,   incorporated  herein  by
reference. See "Regulation--Year 2000 Compliance."

Pending Legislation

     Draft legislation providing for financial  modernization  recently has been
reported  out of the  Banking  Committees  in both the  United  States  House of
Representatives  and Senate. Both currently pending versions would substantially
repeal the  Glass-Steagall Act restrictions on bank affiliations with securities
firms  and  thereby  allow  commercial  banking  and  investment  banking  to be
combined.  The  proposed  legislation  also would  repeal  restrictions  on bank
affiliations with insurance companies. There are substantial differences between
the proposed  bills,  however,  on the structure  and  regulation of new banking
activities,  particularly  as  to  whether  the  new  securities  and  insurance
activities may be conducted  through  subsidiaries  of banks,  as desired by the
United  States   Treasury   Department,   or  must  be  conducted  only  through
subsidiaries of bank holding companies, as sought by the Federal Reserve Board.

     Unlike earlier  versions of financial  modernization  legislation,  current
House and Senate  versions do not provide for  elimination of the thrift charter
or for the merger of the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF") and the Savings Association
Insurance  Fund  ("SAIF").  The bills,  as reported  out of the House and Senate
Banking Committees, prohibit new unitary savings and loan holding companies that
are affiliated with nonbanking  firms, but grandfather  existing unitary savings
and loans holding companies,  such as the Company, and all applications filed to
become a unitary  savings  and loan  holding  company as of March 4, 1999 in the
House  bill  and  February  28,  1999 in the  Senate  bill.  Such  grandfathered
companies would retain all of the existing  powers  available to unitary savings
and loan holding companies. See "Regulation - Holding Company Regulation."

     Various proposals regarding changes to the Community  Reinvestment Act also
are being discussed in Congress and are highly controversial,  with proposals to
increase  regulatory  compliance  requirements  and proposals to ease regulatory
compliance  both  currently  under  consideration.   See  "Regulation  Community
Reinvestment Act."

     Currently,  members of the BIF pay a FICO  assessment at the rate of $0.013
per $100 of deposits and members of the SAIF pay a FICO  assessment at a rate of
$0.065 per $100 of deposits.  Under existing  legislation,  effective January 1,
2000,  the FICO  assessment  rate for members of the BIF and members of the SAIF
would  be  equalized,  which  would  have  the  effect  of  increasing  the FICO
assessments paid by the Bank, since most of its deposits are insured by the BIF.
See   "Regulation  -  Insurance  of  Accounts."   The  financial   modernization
legislation pending in the Senate would extend the FICO assessment  differential
for three more years. The current version in the House of Representatives  would
retain the existing date for equalization.

     Various  amendments  to and  alternative  forms of financial  modernization
legislation have been proposed and substantial  disagreement remains on many key
issues,  including the issues regarding  unitary thrift holding  companies,  the
structure of new banking  activities  and CRA reform  discussed  above.  Current
provisions of both the House and Senate  versions of the legislation may undergo
substantial change before final legislation, if any, is enacted. Thus, there can
be no assurance as to whether any form of  financial  modernization  legislation
will be enacted or, if so, what the provisions of any such final legislation may
be.  Accordingly,   management  cannot  predict  the  possible  impact  of  such
legislation on the Bank or Company.



                                       30
<PAGE>

Legislation and Proposed Changes

     From time to time,  legislation is enacted or regulations  are  promulgated
that have the  effect of  increasing  the cost of doing  business,  limiting  or
expanding  permissible  activities or affecting the competitive  balance between
banks  and  other  financial  institutions.  Proposals  to  change  the laws and
regulations  governing the operations and taxation of banks and other  financial
institutions  are frequently made in Congress,  in the New York  legislature and
before  various bank  regulatory  agencies.  No prediction can be made as to the
likelihood  of any major  changes or the impact such  changes  might have on the
Bank or the Company.

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions

     On September 17, 1996, the Company  adopted a Stockholder  Rights Plan (the
"Rights Plan") designed to preserve  long-term  values and protect  stockholders
against stock  accumulations and other abusive tactics to acquire control of the
Company.  Under the  Rights  Plan,  each  stockholder  of record at the close of
business on September 30, 1996 received a dividend  distribution of one right to
purchase from the Company one  one-hundredth-fiftieth of a share of a new series
of junior  participating  preferred stock at a price of $64,  subject to certain
adjustments.  The rights  will  become  exercisable  only if any person or group
acquires 15% or more of the Company's common stock ("Common Stock") or commences
a tender or exchange offer which, if consummated, would result in that person or
group owning at least 15% of the Common Stock (the "acquiring person or group").
In such case, all stockholders  other than the acquiring person or group will be
entitled to  purchase,  by paying the $64  exercise  price,  Common  Stock (or a
common stock  equivalent) with a value of twice the exercise price. In addition,
at any time  after such  event,  and prior to the  acquisition  by any person or
group of 50% or more of the Common  Stock,  the Board of  Directors  may, at its
option,  require each outstanding right (other than rights held by the acquiring
person or group) to be  exchanged  for one share of Common  Stock (or one common
stock equivalent). The rights expire on September 30, 2006.

     The Rights Plan, as well as certain provisions of the Company's Certificate
of  Incorporation  and  Bylaws,  the Bank's  federal  Stock  charter and Bylaws,
certain  federal  regulations  and provisions of Delaware  corporation  law, and
certain provisions of remuneration plans and agreements  applicable to employees
and  officers  of the  Bank  may  have  anti-takeover  effects  by  discouraging
potential proxy contests and other takeover  attempts,  particularly those which
have not been negotiated with the Board of Directors.  The Rights Plan and those
other  provisions,  as well as  applicable  regulatory  restrictions,  may  also
prevent or inhibit the acquisition of a controlling position in the Common Stock
and may prevent or inhibit takeover attempts that certain  stockholders may deem
to be in their or other stockholders' interest or in the interest of the Company
or the Bank,  or in which  stockholders  may receive a  substantial  premium for
their shares over then current  market  prices.  The Rights Plan and those other
provisions may also increase the cost of, and thus  discourage,  any such future
acquisition  or  attempted  acquisition,  and would  render  the  removal of the
current  Board  of  Directors  or  management  of the Bank or the  Company  more
difficult.


                                       31
<PAGE>

                        FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL TAXATION

     The  following  discussion of tax matters is intended only as a summary and
does not purport to be a comprehensive  description of the tax rules  applicable
to the Bank or the Company.

Federal Taxation

     General.  The  Company  reports  its income  using a calendar  year and the
accrual method of accounting. The Company is subject to the federal tax laws and
regulations  which  apply  to  corporations  generally;   including,  since  the
enactment of the Small Business Job  Protection  Act in 1996 (the "Act"),  those
governing the Bank's deductions for bad debts, described below.

     Bad Debt Reserves. Prior to the enactment of the Act, which was signed into
law on August 20,  1996,  savings  institutions  which met certain  definitional
tests  primarily  relating  to their  assets  and the  nature of their  business
("qualifying thrifts"),  such as the Bank, were allowed deductions for bad debts
under methods more favorable than those granted to other  taxpayers.  Qualifying
thrifts could compute  deductions for bad debts using either the specific charge
off method of  Section  166 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code (the  "Code") or the
reserve method of Section 593 of the Code.

     Prior to its  modification  by the Act,  Section 593 permitted a qualifying
thrift to  establish  a  reserve  for bad  debts  and to make  annual  additions
thereto,  which, within specified formula limits,  could be deducted in arriving
at its taxable income.  A qualifying  thrift could elect annually to compute its
allowable  deduction to bad debt reserves for "qualifying  real property loans,"
generally loans secured by certain interests in real property,  under either (i)
the   "percentage  of  taxable   income"  method   applicable   only  to  thrift
institutions,  or (ii) the "experience"  method that also was available to small
banks.  Under the  "percentage  of taxable  income"  method,  subject to certain
limitations,  a  qualifying  thrift  generally  was allowed a  deduction  for an
addition to its bad debt reserve equal to 8% of its taxable  income  (determined
without regard to this  deduction and with  additional  adjustments).  Under the
experience  method, a qualifying thrift was generally allowed a deduction for an
addition to its bad debt reserve  equal to the greater of (i) an amount based on
its actual  average  experience  for losses in the  current  and five  preceding
taxable years, or (ii) an amount necessary to restore the reserve to its balance
as of the close of the base year,  defined as the last  taxable  year  beginning
before  January 1, 1988.  The Bank's  deduction  for  additions  to its bad debt
reserve  with  respect  to  non-qualifying  loans had to be  computed  under the
experience   method.   Any  deduction  for  the  addition  to  the  reserve  for
non-qualifying loans reduced the maximum permissible addition to the reserve for
qualifying real property loans calculated under the percentage of taxable income
method.

     Section  1616(a) of the Act  repealed  the Section  593  reserve  method of
accounting  for bad debts by  qualifying  thrifts,  effective  for taxable years
beginning after 1995.  Qualifying  thrifts that are treated as large banks, such
as the Bank,  are  required to use the specific  charge off method,  pursuant to
which the amount of any debt may be deducted only as it actually  becomes wholly
or partially worthless.

     A thrift  institution  required to change its method of computing  reserves
for bad debt is  required  to treat  such  change as a change  in the  method of
accounting,  initiated  by the taxpayer and having been made with the consent of
the  Secretary of the  Treasury.  Section  481(a) of the Code  requires  certain
amounts to be recaptured with respect to such change.  Generally,  the amount of
the thrift institution's "applicable excess reserves" must be included in income
ratably over a six-taxable  year period,  beginning  with the first taxable year
beginning after 1995. In the case of a thrift  institution  that is treated as a
large bank, such as the Bank, the amount of the institution's  applicable excess
reserves  generally  is the excess of (i) the balances of its reserve for losses
on qualifying  real property  loans and its reserve for losses on  nonqualifying
loans as of the close of its last taxable year beginning before January 1, 1996,
over (ii) the balances of such reserves as of the close of


                                       32
<PAGE>

its last taxable year  beginning  before  January 1, 1988 (i.e.,  the  "pre-1988
reserves").  The Bank's  applicable excess reserves as of December 31, 1995 were
approximately  $300,000;  of which  $180,000  remains to be  included  in future
taxable income as of December 31, 1998.

     Distributions.   To  the   extent   that   the  Bank   makes   "nondividend
distributions"  to shareholders  that are considered to result in  distributions
from the  pre-1988  reserves  or the  supplemental  reserve  for losses on loans
("excess distributions"), then an amount based on the amount distributed will be
included  in  the  Bank's  taxable  income.  Nondividend  distributions  include
distributions in excess of the Bank's current and post-1951 accumulated earnings
and profits,  as calculated  for federal income tax purposes,  distributions  in
redemption of stock and  distributions in partial or complete  liquidation.  The
amount of additional taxable income resulting from an excess  distribution is an
amount that when reduced by the tax  attributable  to the income is equal to the
amount of the excess  distribution.  Thus,  slightly  more than one and one-half
times the amount of the excess  distribution  made would be  includable in gross
income for federal income tax purposes,  assuming a 35% federal corporate income
tax rate.  See  "Restrictions  on  Dividends  and Capital  Distributions"  under
"Regulation"  for limits on the payment of dividends by the Bank.  The Bank does
not intend to pay dividends or make non-dividend  distributions  described above
that  would  result in a  recapture  of any  portion  of its  pre-1988  bad debt
reserves.

     Corporate  Alternative Minimum Tax. The Code imposes an alternative minimum
tax on corporations  equal to the excess, if any, of 20% of alternative  minimum
taxable  income  ("AMTI")  over  a  corporation's  regular  federal  income  tax
liability. AMTI is equal to taxable income with certain adjustments. Only 90% of
AMTI can be offset by net operating loss carryforwards.

State and Local Taxation

     New York State and New York City  Taxation.  The  Company is subject to the
New York State  Franchise Tax on Banking  Corporations in an annual amount equal
to the  greater of (i) 9% of "entire  net  income"  allocable  to New York State
during the taxable  year or (ii) the  applicable  alternative  minimum  tax. The
alternative  minimum tax is  generally  the greater of (a) 0.01% of the value of
assets  allocable  to New  York  State  with  certain  modifications,  (b) 3% of
"alternative  entire net income" allocable to New York State or (c) $250. Entire
net  income  is  similar  to  federal   taxable   income,   subject  to  certain
modifications  (including  that net  operating  losses cannot be carried back or
carried  forward),  and  alternative  entire  net  income is equal to entire net
income  without  certain  deductions  which are allowable in the  calculation of
entire net income.  The Bank also is subject to a similarly  calculated New York
City tax of 9% on  income  allocated  to New York City and  similar  alternative
taxes.   In  addition,   the  Bank  is  subject  to  a  temporary   Metropolitan
Transportation  Business Tax Surcharge for tax years ending before  December 31,
2001, at a rate of 17% of the New York State Franchise Tax.

     Notwithstanding the repeal of the federal income tax provisions  permitting
bad debt  deductions  under the  reserve  method,  New York  State  has  enacted
legislation  maintaining the preferential  treatment of additional loss reserves
for qualifying real property and non-qualifying  loans of qualifying thrifts for
both New York State and New York City tax purposes. Calculation of the amount of
additions  to reserves  for  qualifying  real  property  loans is limited to the
larger of the amount  derived by the  percentage of taxable income method or the
experience  method. For these purposes,  the applicable  percentage to calculate
the bad debt  deduction  under the percentage of taxable income method is 32% of
taxable  income,  reduced by  additions to reserves  for  non-qualifying  loans,
except that the amount of the addition to the reserve  cannot  exceed the amount
necessary to increase the balance of the reserve for losses on  qualifying  real
property  loans at the close of the  taxable  year to 6% of the  balance  of the
qualifying real property loans outstanding at the end of the taxable year. Under
the experience  method,  the maximum addition to a loan reserve generally equals
the amount  necessary  to increase  the  balance of the bad debt  reserve at the
close of the  taxable  year to the greater of (i) the amount that bears the same
ratio to loans outstanding at the close of the taxable year as the total net bad
debts 


                                       33
<PAGE>

sustained  during the current and five preceding  taxable years bears to the sum
of the loans outstanding at the close of those six years, or (ii) the balance of
the bad debt reserve at the close of the "base year," or, if the amount of loans
outstanding  has declined  since the base year,  the amount which bears the same
ratio to the amount of loans outstanding at the close of the taxable year as the
balance of the reserve at the close of the base year.  For these  purposes,  the
"base  year" is the last  taxable  year  beginning  before  1988.  The amount of
additions to reserves for non-qualifying  loans is computed under the experience
method.  The aggregate  amount of additions to reserves for losses on qualifying
real property and reserves for losses on non-qualifying  loans cannot exceed the
amount by which 12% of the amount of the total deposits or withdrawable accounts
of  depositors  of the Bank at the close of the taxable  year exceeds the sum of
the Bank's  surplus,  undivided  profits and  reserves at the  beginning of such
year.  The new  legislation  also allows an exclusion from entire net income for
New York  State  and New York  City tax  purposes  for any  amounts  a thrift is
required to include in federal  taxable  income as a  recapture  of its bad debt
reserve as a consequence of the Act.

     Delaware State Taxation.  As a Delaware  holding company not earning income
in Delaware,  the Company is exempt from  Delaware  corporate  income tax but is
required to file an annual  report with and pay an annual  franchise  tax to the
State of Delaware.

                                   REGULATION

General

     On May 10, 1994, the Bank converted from a New York State chartered  mutual
savings bank to a federally  chartered  mutual  savings bank pursuant to Section
5(o) of the Home Owners' Loan Act, as amended  ("HOLA").  On that date,  the OTS
replaced the New York State Banking Department (the "Banking Department") as the
Bank's  chartering  authority  and  the  FDIC  as  the  Bank's  primary  federal
regulator.  Although the FDIC is no longer the primary federal  regulator of the
Bank, the Bank remains  subject to regulation and examination by the FDIC as its
deposit  insurer.  The Bank's  deposits are insured up to the applicable  limits
permitted by law. See "--Insurance of Accounts."

     The Bank is also subject to certain regulations  promulgated by the Federal
Reserve Board. Moreover, in connection with converting to a federal charter, the
Bank became a member of the FHLB-NY.

     The activities of federal savings institutions are governed by HOLA and, in
certain respects,  the Federal Deposit  Insurance Act ("FDIA").  Most regulatory
functions   relating  to  deposit   insurance   and  to   conservatorships   and
receiverships  of insured  institutions  are exercised by the FDIC.  The Federal
Deposit Insurance  Corporation  Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA"),  among other
things,  requires  that federal  banking  regulators  intervene  promptly when a
depository  institution   experiences  financial   difficulties,   mandated  the
establishment of a risk-based  deposit insurance  assessment system and required
imposition of numerous additional safety and soundness operational standards and
restrictions.  FDICIA  and the  Financial  Institutions  Reform,  Recovery,  and
Enforcement Act of 1989 ("FIRREA") each contain  provisions  affecting  numerous
aspects of the operations and  regulations of federal savings banks and empowers
the  OTS  and  the  FDIC,  among  other  agencies,  to  promulgate   regulations
implementing its provisions.

     The OTS has extensive authority over the operations of the Bank. As part of
this authority,  the Bank is required to file periodic  reports with the OTS and
is subject to periodic  examinations by the OTS and back-up  examinations by the
FDIC. The Company,  as a savings and loan holding  company,  is required to file
certain  reports  with,  and  otherwise  comply  with the  applicable  rules and
regulations  of, the OTS.  The Company also is subject to  regulation  under the
federal securities laws.



                                       34
<PAGE>

     Set forth  below is a brief  description  of certain  laws and  regulations
which relate to the regulation of the Bank and the Company. The description does
not purport to be a  comprehensive  description  of applicable  laws,  rules and
regulations  and is qualified in its entirety by reference to  applicable  laws,
rules and regulations.

Investment Powers

     The Bank is subject to comprehensive  regulation  governing its investments
and  activities.  Among  other  things,  the Bank may invest in (i)  residential
mortgage loans,  education  loans and credit card loans in an unlimited  amount,
(ii)  non-residential  real  estate  loans  up to 400% of total  capital,  (iii)
commercial  business  loans up to 20% of assets  (however,  amounts  over 10% of
total  assets must be used only for small  business  loans) and (iv) in general,
consumer loans and highly rated  commercial  paper and corporate debt securities
in the aggregate up to 35% of assets. In addition,  the Bank may invest up to 3%
of its assets in service corporations,  an unlimited percentage of its assets in
operating  subsidiaries (which may only engage in activities permissible for the
Bank itself) and under certain  conditions  may invest in finance  subsidiaries.
Other than investments in service corporations,  operating subsidiaries, finance
subsidiaries and stock of government-sponsored agencies, such as FHLMC and FNMA,
the  Bank   generally  is  not  permitted  to  make  equity   investments.   See
"Business--Investment  Activities." A service  corporation in which the Bank may
invest is permitted to engage in activities reasonably related to the activities
of a federal  savings  bank as the OTS may  approve  on a case by case basis and
certain activities  preapproved by the OTS, which,  among other things,  include
providing certain support services for the institution;  originating,  investing
in, selling, purchasing,  servicing or otherwise dealing with specified types of
loans and  participations  (principally  loans that the parent institution could
make);   specified  real  estate  activities,   including  limited  real  estate
development,   securities   brokerage  services;   certain  insurance  brokerage
activities, and other specified investments and services.

Real Estate Lending Standards

     FDICIA  requires each federal  banking agency to adopt uniform  regulations
prescribing  standards for  extensions of credit (i) secured by real estate,  or
(ii) made for the purpose of financing the  construction of improvements on real
estate. In prescribing  these standards,  the banking agencies must consider the
risk posed to the deposit  insurance  funds by real estate  loans,  the need for
safe and sound operation of insured depository institutions and the availability
of  credit.  The OTS and the other  federal  banking  agencies  adopted  uniform
regulations,  effective March 19, 1993. The OTS regulation requires each savings
association  to establish  and maintain  written  internal  real estate  lending
standards  consistent  with safe and sound banking  practices and appropriate to
the size of the  institution and the nature and scope of its real estate lending
activities. The policy must also be consistent with accompanying OTS guidelines,
which  include  maximum  loan-to-value  ratios for the  following  types of real
estate  loans:   raw  land  (65%),   land  development   (75%),   nonresidential
construction  (80%),  improved property (85%) and one-to-four family residential
construction  (85%).  Owner-occupied  one-to-four family mortgage loans and home
equity loans do not have maximum  loan-to-value  ratio limits,  but those with a
loan-to-value ratio at origination of 90% or greater are to be backed by private
mortgage  insurance  or readily  marketable  collateral.  Institutions  are also
permitted to make a limited  amount of loans that do not conform to the proposed
loan-to-value  limitations so long as such exceptions are appropriately reviewed
and justified.  The guidelines also list a number of lending situations in which
exceptions to the loan-to-value standard are justified.

Loans-to-One Borrower Limits

     The Bank generally is subject to the same loans-to-one borrower limits that
apply to national banks. With certain exceptions, loans and extensions of credit
outstanding at one time to one borrower  (including  certain related entities of
the borrower) may not exceed 15% of the Bank's  unimpaired  capital and surplus,
plus an additional 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus for loans fully secured
by certain  readily  marketable 


                                       35
<PAGE>

collateral.  At December 31, 1998, the largest amount the Bank could lend to one
borrower was approximately  $16.8 million,  and at that date, the Bank's largest
aggregate  amount of loans-to-one  borrower was $10.3 million,  all of which was
performing according to its terms. See "Business--Lending Activities."

Insurance of Accounts

     The  deposits  of the Bank are  insured up to $100,000  per  depositor  (as
defined by law and  regulations)  by the FDIC.  Approximately  93% of the Bank's
deposits  are  presently  insured by the FDIC under the BIF. The  remainder  are
insured  by the FDIC under the SAIF.  The  deposits  insured  under the SAIF are
those acquired in the acquisition of New York Federal.  As insurer,  the FDIC is
authorized to conduct  examinations  of, and to require  reporting  by,  insured
institutions.  It also may prohibit any insured institution from engaging in any
activity the FDIC  determines by regulation or order to pose a serious threat to
the insurance  funds.  The FDIC also has the  authority to initiate  enforcement
actions where the OTS has failed or declined to take such action after receiving
a request to do so from the FDIC.

     Effective January 1, 1994, a risk-based deposit insurance assessment system
was implemented by the FDIC. Under the system, the FDIC assigns each institution
to  one  of  three  capital  categories  --  "well   capitalized,"   "adequately
capitalized" and  "undercapitalized"  -- which are defined in the same manner as
the regulations  establishing the prompt  corrective action system under Section
38 of FDIA, as discussed  below.  These three  categories  are then divided into
three  subcategories  which reflect varying levels of supervisory  concern.  The
matrix so created results in nine assessment risk classifications.

     Assessment rates during 1994 and most of 1995 ranged from $0.23 per $100 of
deposits for an institution in the highest  category to $0.31 of deposits for an
institution  in the lowest  category.  On August 8, 1995,  the FDIC  amended its
regulation on assessments  to establish a new  assessment  rate schedule for the
BIF ranging  from $0.04 per $100 of deposits for an  institution  in the highest
category  to  $0.31  per  $100 of  deposits  for an  institution  in the  lowest
category.  The FDIC's new rate schedule for the BIF was made  effective with the
first  day of the month  following  the  month in which  the BIF  achieved  full
capitalization to the statutory  required 1.25% reserve ratio, which occurred in
the second half of 1995.

     The Bank paid $1.3 million in federal deposit insurance premiums to the BIF
for the year ended  December 31, 1994.  As a result of the lowering of BIF rates
in August 1995,  the Bank paid  $824,000 in deposit  insurance  premiums for the
year  ended  December  31,  1995.  Thereafter,  the FDIC voted to reduce the BIF
assessment  schedule even further so that most BIF members,  including the Bank,
paid a statutory  minimum  annual  assessment  rate of $2,000 for 1996.  Deposit
insurance  for SAIF  members  was  revised to the same  schedule  as BIF members
effective  January  1, 1997.  As of the date of this  Report,  the  annual  FDIC
assessment  rate for BIF and SAIF member  institutions  varies  between 0.00% to
0.27% per annum.  At December 31, 1998,  the Bank's annual  assessment  rate was
0.00%.

     The Bank's assessment rate in effect from time to time will depend upon the
capital  category and  supervisory  subcategory to which the Bank is assigned by
the FDIC.  In  addition,  the FDIC is  authorized  to increase  federal  deposit
insurance  assessment  rates for BIF and SAIF members to the extent necessary to
protect the BIF and SAIF and,  under current law,  would be required to increase
such rates to $0.23 per $100 of deposits if the BIF or SAIF reserve  ratio again
falls below the required  1.25%.  Any increase in deposit  insurance  assessment
rates,  as a result of a change in the category or subcategory to which the Bank
is assigned or the exercise of the FDIC's authority to increase assessment rates
generally, could have an adverse effect on the earnings of the Bank.

     Under the FDIA,  insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a
finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound  practices,  is in
an unsafe or unsound  condition  to  continue  operations  or has  violated  any
applicable law,  regulation,  rule, order or condition  imposed by the FDIC. The

                                       36
<PAGE>

management  of the Bank does not know of any  practice,  condition  or violation
that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

     On  September  30, 1996,  as part of an omnibus  appropriations  bill,  the
Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996 (the "Funds Act") was enacted. The Funds Act
eliminated the deposit insurance premium disparity that existed since the second
half of 1995 between banks  insured by the BIF and thrifts  insured by the SAIF.
The Act (i) required SAIF  institutions to pay a one-time special  assessment to
bring the SAIF's  reserve  ratio up to 1.25%,  (ii)  requires BIF  institutions,
beginning  January 1, 1997,  to pay a portion of the interest due on the Finance
Corporation  ("FICO")  bonds  issued in  connection  with the  savings  and loan
association crisis in the late 1980s, and (iii) requires BIF institutions to pay
their full pro rata share of the FICO  payments  starting the earlier of January
1, 2000 or the date at which no savings  institution  continues to exist.  Since
January 1, 1997, the FICO assessment on SAIF  institutions  has been at the rate
of $0.065 per $100 of deposits and the FICO assessment on BIF  institutions  has
been at the rate of $0.013  per $100 of  deposits.  These  rates are  subject to
change.  The Bank paid $102,000 and $87,000 for its share of the interest due on
FICO bonds in 1998 and 1997, respectively.

     Congress  is  considering  various  proposals  that may affect the  deposit
insurance   funds  and  the  FICO   assessment.   See   "Risk   Factors--Pending
Legislation."

Liquidity Requirements

     The Bank is subject  to OTS  regulations  that  require  maintenance  of an
average  daily  balance  of liquid  assets  (cash and  certain  securities  with
detailed maturity limitations and marketability requirements) equal to a monthly
average of not less than a specified  percentage of its net withdrawable deposit
accounts  plus  short-term  borrowings.  The  OTS may  vary  the  amount  of the
liquidity requirement by regulation,  but only within pre-established  statutory
limits of no less than 4% and no greater than 10%. For 1996 and the greater part
of  1997,  OTS  regulation  set  the  liquidity  requirement  at  5%,  with a 1%
short-term  liquidity  requirement.  Amendments  to OTS  regulations,  effective
November 27, 1997,  reduced the liquidity  requirement from 5% to 4% and removed
the  1%  short-term  liquidity  requirement.   In  addition,   these  amendments
eliminated the  requirement  that  obligations of FNMA, GNMA and FHLMC must have
five years or less  remaining  until  maturity to qualify as a liquid asset.  At
December 31, 1998, the Bank's liquidity  ratio,  computed in accordance with the
OTS requirements,  as amended,  was 18.28%.  Unlike the Bank, the Company is not
subject to OTS regulatory  requirements  on the maintenance of minimum levels of
liquid assets.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test

     Institutions  regulated by the OTS are required to meet a qualified  thrift
lender ("QTL") test to avoid certain  restrictions on their  operations.  FDICIA
and applicable OTS  regulations  require such  institutions to maintain at least
65% of its portfolio assets (total assets less  intangibles,  properties used to
conduct the institution's  business and liquid assets not exceeding 20% of total
assets) in "qualified thrift  investments" on a monthly average basis in nine of
every 12 months.  Qualified thrift investments  constitute primarily residential
mortgage loans and related  investments,  including certain  mortgage-backed and
mortgage-related  securities. A savings institution that fails the QTL test must
either convert to a bank charter or, in general, it will be prohibited from: (i)
making an  investment  or engaging in any new  activity  not  permissible  for a
national  bank,  (ii) paying  dividends  not  permissible  under  national  bank
regulations,  (iii) obtaining  advances from any FHLB, and (iv) establishing any
new  branch  office in a location  not  permissible  for a national  bank in the
institution's  home state. One year following the institution's  failure to meet
the QTL test, any holding company parent of the institution must register and be
subject to supervision as a bank holding company.  In addition,  beginning three
years  after the  institution  failed  the QTL test,  the  institution  would be
prohibited  from  refinancing  any  investment  or engaging in any  activity not
permissible for a national bank and would have to repay any outstanding advances
from an FHLB as  promptly  as  possible.  At  December  31,  1998,  the 


                                       37
<PAGE>

Bank had maintained more than 65% of its "portfolio  assets" in qualified thrift
investments  in at least nine of the preceding 12 months.  Accordingly,  on that
date, the Bank had met the QTL test.

     On September 30, 1996, as part of the omnibus appropriations bill, Congress
enacted the Economic  Growth and Paperwork  Reduction  Act of 1996  ("Regulatory
Paperwork Reduction Act"),  modifying and expanding  investment  authority under
the QTL test. Prior to the enactment of the Regulatory  Paperwork Reduction Act,
commercial,  corporate,  business,  or  agricultural  loans were  limited in the
aggregate to 10% of a thrift's  assets and education loans were limited to 5% of
a thrift's assets.  Further,  federal savings  associations  meeting a different
asset test under the Code (the "domestic  building and loan  association  test")
were  qualified for favorable  tax  treatment.  The  amendments  permit  federal
thrifts to invest in, sell, or otherwise deal in education and credit card loans
without  limitation  and raise  from 10% to 20% of total  assets  the  aggregate
amount of commercial,  corporate, business, or agricultural loans or investments
that may be made by a thrift, subject to a requirement that amounts in excess of
10% of total assets be used only for small  business  loans.  In  addition,  the
legislation  defines  "qualified thrift  investment" to include,  without limit,
education,  small business,  and credit card loans; and removes the 10% limit on
personal,  family,  or  household  loans  for  purposes  of the  QTL  test.  The
legislation  also provides that a thrift meets the QTL test if it qualifies as a
domestic building and loan association under the Code.

Transactions with Affiliates

     Transactions  between the Bank and any  related  party or  "affiliate"  are
governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate is any
company or entity which  controls,  is controlled by or is under common  control
with the Bank,  including the Company,  the Bank's  subsidiaries,  and any other
subsidiary  of the Bank or the  Company  that may be formed or  acquired  in the
future.  Generally,  Sections 23A and 23B (i) limit the extent to which the Bank
or its subsidiaries may engage in "covered  transactions" with any one affiliate
to an amount equal to 10% of the Bank's capital stock and surplus, and impose an
aggregate limit on all such  transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal
to 20% of such  capital  stock  and  surplus,  and  (ii)  require  that all such
transactions be on terms  substantially  the same, or at least as favorable,  to
the Bank or  subsidiary  as those  provided  to a  non-affiliate.  Each  loan or
extension of credit to an  affiliate  by the Bank must be secured by  collateral
with a  market  value  ranging  from  100% to  130%  (depending  on the  type of
collateral)  of the amount of credit  extended.  The term "covered  transaction"
includes the making of loans,  purchase of assets,  issuance of a guarantee  and
other similar types of transactions.  In addition,  the Bank may not (i) loan or
otherwise  extend credit to an affiliate,  except to any affiliate which engages
only in  activities  which are  permissible  for bank  holding  companies  under
Section 4(c) of the Bank Company Act, or (ii)  purchase or invest in any stocks,
bonds,  debentures,  notes or  similar  obligations  of any  affiliates,  except
subsidiaries of the Bank.

     In addition, the Bank is subject to Regulation O promulgated under Sections
22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act.  Regulation O requires that loans by
the Bank to a director, executive officer or to a holder of more than 10% of the
Common Stock, and to certain affiliated interests of such insiders,  may not, in
the aggregate,  exceed the Bank's loans-to-one borrower limit. Loans to insiders
and their related interests must also be made on terms substantially the same as
offered,  and follow credit underwriting  procedures that are not less stringent
than those applied,  in comparable  transactions  to other  persons,  with prior
Board approval required for certain loans. In addition,  the aggregate amount of
extensions of credit by the Bank to all insiders cannot exceed the institution's
unimpaired capital and surplus.  Section 22(g) places additional restrictions on
loans to executive officers of the Bank.

Restrictions on Dividends and Capital Distributions

     The Bank is subject to OTS  limitations  on  capital  distributions,  which
include cash  dividends,  stock  redemptions or repurchases,  cash-out  mergers,
interest payments on certain convertible debt and other 


                                       38
<PAGE>

distributions  charged to the Bank's capital account. In general, the applicable
regulation  permits  specified  levels  of  capital  distributions  by a savings
institution that meets at least its minimum capital requirements, so long as the
OTS is provided  with at least 30 days'  advance  notice and has no objection to
the  distribution.  As  discussed  below,  the OTS has amended  its  regulations
governing capital distributions effective April 1, 1999.

     The OTS regulation in effect prior to April 1, 1999 establishes three tiers
of institutions,  based primarily on their capital level. Generally,  the Tier 1
group  is  composed  of   institutions   that  before  and  after  the  proposed
distribution  meet or exceed all applicable  capital  requirements  and have not
been informed by the OTS that they are in need of more than normal  supervision.
A Tier 1  institution  may make capital  distributions  during any calendar year
equal to the higher of (i) 100% of net income for the calendar year-to-date plus
an amount  that would  reduce by one-half  its  "surplus  capital  ratio" at the
beginning of the calendar  year or (ii) 75% of net income over the previous four
quarters.  As applied to the Bank,  "surplus capital ratio" means the percentage
by which the Bank's  ratio of total  capital to assets  exceeds the ratio of its
capital  requirement,  as modified to reflect any applicable  individual minimum
capital requirements imposed upon the Bank. Any additional capital distributions
would require prior  regulatory  approval.  In the event the Bank's capital fell
below its capital requirement or the OTS notified it that it was in need of more
than normal supervision,  the Bank's ability to make capital distributions would
be  restricted.   In  addition,  the  OTS  could  prohibit  a  proposed  capital
distribution  by any  institution,  which would  otherwise  be  permitted by the
regulation,  if the OTS determines that such  distribution  would  constitute an
unsafe  or  unsound  practice.  Furthermore,  under  FDICIA,  the Bank  would be
prohibited from making any capital distributions if, after the distribution, the
Bank would have:  (i) a total  risk-based  capital ratio of less than 8%, (ii) a
Tier 1  risk-based  capital  ratio of less than 4% or (iii) a leverage  ratio of
less than 4% (3% in the event that the Bank is assigned a MACRO Rating of 1, the
highest examination rating of the OTS for savings  institutions).  In June 1996,
the Bank's Board of Directors  declared a dividend of $11.5  million,  which was
paid to the  Company in  installment  amounts  from July to  November  1996.  At
December 31, 1998,  the Bank  qualified as a Tier 1 institution  for purposes of
this regulation, and the Bank's allowable capital distribution was approximately
$30.5 million.

     Tier 2 institutions  are those in compliance  with their  current,  but not
their  fully  phased-in,  capital  requirements.  Tier 2  institutions  may make
distributions of up to 75% of their net income for the most recent  four-quarter
period.  Tier 1 and Tier 2  institutions  may seek OTS approval to pay dividends
beyond these amounts.

     Tier 3  institutions  have  capital  levels  below their  current  required
minimum  levels and may not make any  capital  distributions  without  the prior
written approval of the OTS.

     In order to make distributions under these safe harbors,  Tier 1 and Tier 2
institutions  must submit 30 days prior written  notice to the OTS of a proposed
distribution.  The OTS may object to the distribution  during that 30-day period
based on safety and soundness concerns. In addition, a Tier 1 institution deemed
to be in need of more than  normal  supervision  by the OTS may be  treated as a
Tier 2 or Tier 3 institution as a result of such a determination.

     Under the revised OTS capital distribution  regulations  effective April 1,
1999, an institution is not required to file an application  with, or to provide
a notice  to,  the OTS if  neither  the  institution  nor the  proposed  capital
distribution  meet any of the  criteria  for any such  application  or notice as
provided below. An institution  will be required to file an application with the
OTS if the  institution  is not eligible for expedited  treatment by the OTS, if
the total amount of all its capital  distributions  for the applicable  calendar
year  exceeds the net income for that year to date plus the  retained net income
(net income less capital distributions) for the preceding two years, if it would
not be at least adequately  capitalized  following the  distribution,  or if its
proposed  capital  distribution  would  violate a  prohibition  contained in any
applicable  statute,  regulation,  or agreement  between the association and the
OTS. By contrast,  only notice to the OTS is required for an


                                       39
<PAGE>

institution that is not otherwise required to file an application as provided in
the  preceding  sentence,  if it would  not be well  capitalized  following  the
distribution,  if the association's  proposed capital  distribution would reduce
the amount of or retire any part of its common or preferred  stock or retire any
part of debt instruments  such as notes or debentures  included in capital under
OTS regulations, or if it is a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company.
The Bank is a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding  company and,  therefore,
is subject to the 30-day advance  notice  requirement of the revised OTS capital
distribution regulations effective April 1, 1999.

Federal Home Loan Bank System

     In  connection  with  converting  to a federal  charter,  the Bank became a
member of the FHLB-NY,  which is one of 12 regional FHLBs governed and regulated
by the Federal Housing Finance Board.  Each FHLB serves as a source of liquidity
for its members within its assigned region. It is funded primarily from proceeds
derived from the sale of consolidated  obligations of the FHLB System.  It makes
loans to members  (i.e.,  advances) in accordance  with policies and  procedures
established by its Board of Directors.

     As a member,  the Bank is required to purchase  and  maintain  stock in the
FHLB-NY  in an  amount  equal  to  the  greater  of 1% of its  aggregate  unpaid
residential  mortgage loans, home purchase  contracts or similar  obligations at
the  beginning  of  each  year  or  5%  of  total  advances.  Pursuant  to  this
requirement,  at December  31,  1998,  the Bank was  required to maintain  $17.3
million of FHLB-NY stock.  The Bank was in compliance  with this  requirement at
that time.

Assessments

     Savings  institutions are required by OTS regulations to pay assessments to
the OTS to fund the  operations  of the OTS. The general  assessment,  paid on a
quarterly or semi-annual  basis, as determined from time to time by the Director
of the OTS, is computed upon the savings  institution's total assets,  including
consolidated  subsidiaries,  as reported in the  institution's  latest quarterly
thrift financial report. Based on the average balance of the Bank's total assets
for the year ended December 31, 1998, the Bank's OTS  assessments  were $201,000
for that period.

Branching

     OTS regulations permit federally  chartered savings  institutions to branch
nationwide  to the extent  allowed  by federal  statute.  This  permits  federal
savings associations to geographically diversify their loan portfolios and lines
of business.  The OTS  authority  preempts any state law  purporting to regulate
branching by federal savings institutions.

Community Reinvestment

     Under  the  Community  Reinvestment  Act  ("CRA"),  as  implemented  by OTS
regulations,  the Bank has a continuing and affirmative  obligation,  consistent
with its safe and sound  operation,  to help meet the credit needs of its entire
community,  including low and moderate  income  neighborhoods.  The CRA does not
establish specific lending  requirements or programs for financial  institutions
nor does it limit an  institution's  discretion to develop the types of products
and  services  that it  believes  are best suited to its  particular  community,
consistent  with the CRA.  The CRA  requires  the OTS,  in  connection  with its
examination  of a savings  institution,  to assess the  institution's  record of
meeting the credit needs of its  community  and to take such record into account
in its evaluation of certain  applications by the  institution.  The methodology
used by the OTS for determining an institution's compliance with the CRA focuses
on three tests:  (a) a lending  test,  to evaluate the  institution's  record of
making  loans in its service  areas;  (b) an  investment  test,  to evaluate the
institution's record of investing in community development projects,  affordable
housing,  and  programs  


                                       40
<PAGE>

benefiting low or moderate income individuals and businesses;  and (c) a service
test, to evaluate the  institution's  delivery of services through its branches,
ATMs,  and other  offices.  The Bank  received  a CRA  rating of "2" in its most
recent CRA  examination  which was conducted by the OTS in July 1997.  Under OTS
regulations,  a CRA rating of "2" is the second  highest  rating  available on a
scale  from "1" to "4" with "1"  being  assigned  to  institutions  that have an
outstanding  record of meeting  community credit needs and "4" being assigned to
institutions  that are in substantial  noncompliance in meeting community credit
needs.  An institution  that receives a "2" is considered to have a satisfactory
record  of  meeting   community   credit   needs.   Institutions   that  receive
unsatisfactory  ratings  (i.e.,  "3" or "4") may face  difficulties  in securing
approval for new activities or  acquisitions.  The CRA requires all institutions
to  make  public  disclosure  of  their  CRA  ratings.   Congress  currently  is
considering  various  proposals  to amend the CRA.  See "Risk  Factors - Pending
Legislation."

Year 2000 Compliance

     In May 1997, the Federal Financial Institutions  Examination Council issued
an  interagency  statement  to the chief  executive  officers  of all  federally
supervised  financial   institutions  regarding  Year  2000  project  management
awareness. The interagency statement addresses the concern that unless financial
institutions  address the technology  issues  relating to the coming of the year
2000,  there  might  be  major   disruptions  in  the  operations  of  financial
institutions.   The  statement  provides  guidance  to  financial  institutions,
providers of data services,  and all examining  personnel of the federal banking
agencies regarding the year 2000 problem. The federal banking agencies have been
conducting  year 2000  compliance  examinations,  and the failure to implement a
year 2000 program may be seen by the federal  banking  agencies as an unsafe and
unsound banking practice. See "Risk Factors--Year 2000 Compliance."

Brokered Deposits

     The FDIC has promulgated regulations implementing the FDICIA limitations on
brokered deposits. Under the regulations,  well-capitalized institutions are not
subject  to  brokered  deposit   limitations,   while   adequately   capitalized
institutions are able to accept,  renew or roll over brokered  deposits only (i)
with a waiver from the FDIC and (ii) subject to the limitation  that they do not
pay an  effective  yield on any such deposit  which  exceeds by more than (a) 75
basis  points  the  effective  yield paid on  deposits  of  comparable  size and
maturity in such  institution's  normal market area for deposits accepted in its
normal  market area or (b) 120 basis  points for retail  deposits  and 130 basis
points for wholesale  deposits accepted outside the institution's  normal market
area, respectively,  from the current yield on comparable maturity U.S. Treasury
obligations.  Undercapitalized institutions are not permitted to accept brokered
deposits  and may not  solicit  deposits by  offering  an  effective  yield that
exceeds by more than 75 basis points the prevailing  effective yields on insured
deposits of comparable  maturity in the  institution's  normal market area or in
the market  area in which such  deposits  are being  solicited.  Pursuant to the
regulation,  the Bank, as a  well-capitalized  institution,  may accept brokered
deposits.

Capital Requirements

     General.  The Bank is  required to maintain  minimum  levels of  regulatory
capital.  Since FIRREA,  capital  requirements  established by the OTS generally
must be no less stringent than the capital  requirements  applicable to national
banks.  The OTS also is authorized to impose capital  requirements  in excess of
these standards on a case-by-case basis.

     Any institution  that fails any of its applicable  capital  requirements is
subject to possible  enforcement  actions by the OTS or the FDIC.  Such  actions
could  include a  capital  directive,  a cease and  desist  order,  civil  money
penalties, the establishment of restrictions on the institution's operations and
the  appointment  of a  conservator  or receiver.  The OTS'  capital  regulation
provides that such actions, through enforcement


                                       41
<PAGE>

proceedings  or otherwise,  could require one or more of a variety of corrective
actions. See "--Prompt Corrective Action."

     The OTS' capital regulations create three capital requirements:  a tangible
capital  requirement,  a leverage or core capital  requirement  and a risk-based
capital  requirement.  At December 31, 1998, the Bank's capital levels  exceeded
applicable  OTS capital  requirements.  The three OTS capital  requirements  are
described below.

     Tangible Capital Requirement.  Under current OTS regulations,  each savings
institution  must  maintain  tangible  capital  equal to at  least  1.50% of its
adjusted total assets (as defined by  regulation).  Tangible  capital  generally
includes  common   stockholders'   equity  and  retained  income,   and  certain
noncumulative  perpetual  preferred stock and related income.  In addition,  all
intangible  assets,  other than a limited amount of purchased mortgage servicing
rights,  must be deducted from tangible capital.  At December 31, 1998, the Bank
had  intangible  assets  consisting of $5.0 million in goodwill and no purchased
mortgage  servicing  rights. At that date, the Bank's tangible capital ratio was
9.46%.

     In calculating adjusted total assets,  adjustments are made to total assets
to  give  effect  to  the  exclusion  of  certain  assets  from  capital  and to
appropriately  account for the  investments in and assets of both includable and
non-includable subsidiaries.

     Core Capital  Requirement.  The current OTS core capital requirement ranges
between 3% and 5% of adjusted total assets.  Savings  institutions  that receive
the highest supervisory rating for safety and soundness are required to maintain
a  minimum  core  capital  ratio of 3%,  while the  capital  floor for all other
savings institutions generally ranges from 4% to 5%, as determined by the OTS on
a case  by  case  basis.  Core  capital  includes  common  stockholders'  equity
(including  retained  income),  non-cumulative  perpetual  preferred  stock  and
related surplus,  minority interest in the equity accounts of fully consolidated
subsidiaries and (subject to phase-out)  qualifying  supervisory  goodwill.  The
Bank has no qualifying  supervisory  goodwill.  At December 31, 1998, the Bank's
core capital ratio was 9.46%.

     Effective October 1, 1998, the OTS relaxed regulations  limiting the amount
of servicing assets, together with purchased credit card receivables, includable
in core  capital from 50% of such  capital to 100% of such  capital,  subject to
limitations  on fair value.  At December  31,  1998,  the Bank had no  purchased
mortgage servicing rights or purchased credit card receivables.

     Risk-Based Requirement.  The risk-based capital standard adopted by the OTS
requires  savings  institutions  to maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to
risk-weighted  assets of 8%. Total  capital  consists of core  capital,  defined
above, and supplementary capital but excludes the effect of recognizing deferred
taxes based upon future income after one year. Supplementary capital consists of
certain  capital  instruments  that do not qualify as core capital,  and general
valuation  loan  and  lease  loss  allowances  up  to  a  maximum  of  1.25%  of
risk-weighted  assets.   Supplementary  capital  may  be  used  to  satisfy  the
risk-based requirement only in an amount equal to the amount of core capital. In
determining  the risk-based  capital  ratios,  total assets,  including  certain
off-balance  sheet  items,  are  multiplied  by a risk weight based on the risks
inherent  in the  type of  assets.  The  risk  weights  assigned  by the OTS for
significant  categories of assets are (i) 0% for cash and  securities  issued by
the federal government or unconditionally backed by the full faith and credit of
the federal  government;  (ii) 20% for securities (other than equity securities)
issued by federal government  sponsored agencies and mortgage-backed  securities
issued by, or fully  guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the FNMA or the
FHLMC,  except for those  classes  with  residual  characteristics  or  stripped
mortgage-related  securities;  (iii) 50% for  prudently  underwritten  permanent
one-to-four family first lien mortgage loans and certain qualifying multi-family
mortgage loans not more than 90 days delinquent and having a loan-to-value ratio
of not more than 80% at  origination  unless insured to such ratio by an insurer
approved  by the FNMA or the  FHLMC;  and  (iv)  100% for all  other  loans  and
investments,  including consumer loans, home equity loans, 


                                       42
<PAGE>

commercial loans, and one-to-four family residential real estate loans more than
90 days delinquent,  and all repossessed assets or assets more than 90 days past
due. At December  31,  1998,  the Bank's  risk-based  capital  ratio was 19.43%.
Risk-based capital excludes the effect of recognizing  deferred taxes based upon
future income after one year.

     In 1993, the OTS adopted a final rule  incorporating an interest-rate  risk
component into the risk-based capital regulation. Under the rule, an institution
with a greater than  "normal"  level of interest  rate risk will be subject to a
deduction of its interest rate risk component from total capital for purposes of
calculating the risk-based capital requirement. As a result, such an institution
may be  required  to  maintain  additional  capital in order to comply  with the
risk-based  capital  requirement.  An  institution  with a greater than "normal"
interest rate risk is defined as an institution  that would suffer a loss of net
portfolio value exceeding 2% of the estimated  market value of its assets in the
event of a 200 basis point increase or decrease (with certain minor  exceptions)
in interest  rates.  The interest rate risk component  will be calculated,  on a
quarterly basis, as one-half of the difference between an institution's measured
interest  rate risk and 2%,  multiplied  by the market value of its assets.  The
rule  establishes  a "lag" time between the  reporting  date of the data used to
calculate an  institution's  interest rate risk and the  effective  date of each
quarter's interest rate risk component. The rule also authorizes the director of
the OTS, or his designee, to waive or defer an institution's  interest rate risk
component on a case-by-case  basis.  At December 31, 1998, the Bank did not have
more than "normal"  interest rate risk and was not subject to any deduction from
total  capital under this rule.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of  Operations-Interest  Rate Risk," included in
the Annual Report to Shareholders and incorporated herein by reference.

Federal Reserve System

     The Federal Reserve Board requires all depository  institutions to maintain
reserves  against  their  transaction   accounts  (primarily  NOW  and  checking
accounts) and non-personal time deposits.  At December 31, 1998, the Bank was in
compliance with these requirements.

     The balances  maintained  to meet the reserve  requirements  imposed by the
Federal Reserve Board may be used to satisfy liquidity  requirements  imposed by
the OTS. Because required  reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash
or a non-interest-bearing  account at a Federal Reserve Bank directly or through
another  bank,  the  effect  of  this  reserve   requirement  is  to  reduce  an
institution's  earning  assets.  The amount of funds  necessary  to satisfy this
requirement has not had a material effect on the Bank's operations.

     As a  creditor  and  financial  institution,  the Bank is also  subject  to
additional  regulations  promulgated by the FRB, including,  without limitation,
regulations implementing requirements of the Truth in Savings Act, the Expedited
Funds   Availability   Act,   the   Equal   Credit   Opportunity   Act  and  the
Truth-in-Lending Act.

Financial Reporting

     The Bank is required to submit independently  audited annual reports to the
FDIC and the OTS.  These  publicly  available  reports  must  include (a) annual
financial  statements prepared in accordance with GAAP and such other disclosure
requirements as required by the FDIC or the OTS and (b) a report,  signed by the
Bank's  chief  executive  officer and chief  financial  officer  which  contains
statements  about  the  adequacy  of  internal   controls  and  compliance  with
designated  laws and  regulations,  and  attestations  by  independent  auditors
related  thereto.  The Bank is  required  to monitor  the  foregoing  activities
through an independent audit committee.

Standards for Safety and Soundness

     The FDIA Act, as amended by FDICIA and the Riegle Community Development and
Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994 ("Community  Development Act"), requires each
federal bank regulatory  agency to 


                                       43
<PAGE>

establish safety and soundness  standards for institutions  under its authority.
On July 10, 1995,  the federal  banking  agencies,  including  the OTS,  jointly
released Interagency Guidelines  Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness
and published a final rule  establishing  deadlines for submission and review of
safety and soundness  compliance  plans.  The final rule and the guidelines took
effect  August 9, 1995.  The  guidelines,  among other things,  require  savings
institutions to maintain  internal  controls,  information  systems and internal
audit  systems  that  are  appropriate  to the  size,  nature  and  scope of the
institution's business. The guidelines also establish general standards relating
to loan documentation,  credit underwriting,  interest rate risk exposure, asset
growth, and compensation,  fees and benefits.  Savings institutions are required
to maintain  safeguards to prevent the payment of excessive  compensation  to an
executive  officer,  employee,  director or principal  shareholder.  The OTS may
determine that a savings  institution  is not in compliance  with the safety and
soundness  guidelines  and, upon doing so, may require the institution to submit
an acceptable plan to achieve  compliance  with the  guidelines.  An institution
must submit an acceptable  compliance  plan to the OTS within 30 days of receipt
or request for such a plan. Failure to submit or implement a compliance plan may
subject the institution to regulatory actions. Management believes that the Bank
currently meets the standards adopted in the interagency guidelines.

     Additionally,  under FDICIA,  as amended by the Community  Development Act,
federal banking agencies are required to establish  standards  relating to asset
quality and earnings that the agencies  determine to be  appropriate.  Effective
October 1, 1998,  the  federal  banking  agencies,  including  the OTS,  adopted
guidelines  relating  to  asset  quality  and  earnings  which  require  insured
institutions to maintain systems,  consistent with their size and the nature and
scope of their operations,  to identify problem assets and prevent deterioration
in those  assets as well as to  evaluate  and monitor  earnings  and insure that
earnings are sufficient to maintain adequate capital and reserves.

Prompt Corrective Action

     Under  Section 38 of the FDIA,  as added by the  FDICIA,  each  appropriate
agency and the FDIC is required to take prompt  corrective action to resolve the
problems of insured  depository  institutions  that do not meet minimum  capital
ratios. Such action must be accomplished at the least possible long-term cost to
the appropriate deposit insurance fund.

     The federal  banking  agencies,  including the OTS,  adopted  substantially
similar  regulations to implement Section 38 of the FDIA. Under the regulations,
an institution is deemed to be (i) "well capitalized" if it has total risk-based
capital of 10% or more, has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or more, has
a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 5% or more and is not subject to any order or
final  capital  directive to meet and maintain a specific  capital level for any
capital  measure,  (ii)  "adequately  capitalized" if it has a total  risk-based
capital ratio of 8% or more, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4% or more and
a Tier 1 leverage  capital ratio of 4% or more (3% under certain  circumstances)
and does not meet the definition of "well capitalized," (iii) "undercapitalized"
if it has a total  risk-based  capital  ratio  that is less  than  8%,  a Tier 1
risk-based capital ratio that is less than 4% or a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio
that is less  than 4% (3%  under  certain  circumstances),  (iv)  "significantly
undercapitalized"  if it has a total risk-based  capital ratio that is less than
6%, a Tier 1 risk-based  capital ratio that is less than 3% or a Tier 1 leverage
capital ratio that is less than 3%, and (v) "critically  undercapitalized" if it
has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%.
Section 38 of the FDIA and the regulations  promulgated  thereunder also specify
circumstances  under  which a  federal  banking  agency  may  reclassify  a well
capitalized  institution as adequately capitalized and may require an adequately
capitalized  institution  or an  undercapitalized  institution  to  comply  with
supervisory  actions as if it were in the next lower  category  (except that the
FDIC  may  not  reclassify  a  significantly   undercapitalized  institution  as
critically undercapitalized). At December 31, 1998, the Bank met the criteria to
be considered a "well capitalized" institution.



                                       44
<PAGE>

Pending Legislation

     For a discussion  of pending  legislation  that could impact the  Company's
business and operations, see "Risk Factors -- Pending Legislation."

Company Regulation

     The Company is a  non-diversified  unitary savings and loan holding company
within the meaning of HOLA,  is required to register with the OTS and is subject
to OTS regulations,  examinations,  supervision and reporting  requirements.  In
addition, the OTS has enforcement authority over the Company and any non-savings
institution  subsidiaries it later forms or acquires.  Among other things,  this
authority permits the OTS to restrict or prohibit  activities that it determines
pose a serious risk to the Bank.  See  "--Restrictions  on Dividends and Capital
Distributions."

     HOLA prohibits a savings and loan holding company,  directly or indirectly,
or through one or more subsidiaries,  from acquiring another savings institution
or holding company thereof, without prior written approval of the OTS; acquiring
or retaining, with certain exceptions,  more than 5% of a non-subsidiary savings
institution,  a  non-subsidiary  holding company,  or a  non-subsidiary  company
engaged in  activities  other than those  permitted  by HOLA;  or  acquiring  or
retaining control of a depository  institution that is not federally insured. In
evaluating  applications by holding  companies to acquire savings  institutions,
the OTS  will  consider  the  financial  and  managerial  resources  and  future
prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition
on the risk to the insurance  funds,  the convenience and needs of the community
and competitive factors.

     As a unitary savings and loan holding company, the Company currently is not
restricted  as to the  types of  business  activities  in  which it may  engage,
provided that the Bank continues to meet the QTL test. See  "--Qualified  Thrift
Lender Test" and "Risk  Factors--Pending  Legislation." Upon any non-supervisory
acquisition by the Company of another  savings  association or savings bank that
meets the QTL test and is deemed to be a  savings  institution  by the OTS,  the
Company  would  become a  multiple  savings  and loan  holding  company  (if the
acquired  institution is held as a separate  subsidiary) and would be subject to
extensive  limitations  on the types of  business  activities  in which it could
engage.  HOLA  limits the  activities  of a multiple  savings  and loan  holding
company and its  non-insured  institution  subsidiaries  primarily to activities
permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Company
Act, subject to the prior approval of the OTS, and activities  authorized by OTS
regulation.

     The OTS is prohibited from approving any acquisition that would result in a
multiple savings and loan holding company  controlling  savings  institutions in
more than one state,  subject to two exceptions:  (i) the approval of interstate
supervisory  acquisitions  by savings and loan holding  companies,  and (ii) the
acquisition  of a savings  institution in another state if the laws of the state
of the target savings institution  specifically permit such acquisitions.  Under
New York law, reciprocal interstate  acquisitions are authorized for savings and
loan holding companies and savings institutions. Certain states do not authorize
interstate   acquisitions   under  any  circumstances;   however,   federal  law
authorizing acquisitions in supervisory cases preempts such state law.

     Federal  law  generally  provides  that  no  "person"  acting  directly  or
indirectly or through or in concert with one or more other persons,  may acquire
"control," as that term is defined in OTS  regulations,  of a federally  insured
savings  institution  without giving at least 60 days' written notice to the OTS
and providing the OTS an  opportunity  to disapprove  the proposed  acquisition.
Such acquisitions of control may be disapproved if it is determined, among other
things,  that (i) the acquisition would substantially  lessen competition;  (ii)
the financial  condition of the acquiring  person might jeopardize the financial
stability  of  the  savings  institution  or  prejudice  the  interests  of  its
depositors;  or (iii) the  competency,  experience or integrity of 


                                       45
<PAGE>

the acquiring  person or the proposed  management  personnel  indicates  that it
would not be in the  interest  of the  depositors  or the  public to permit  the
acquisition of control by such person.

     There is, as of the date of this report,  proposed  legislation  pending in
Congress that may affect the Bank's thrift charter and the Company's status as a
unitary   savings  and  loan  Holding   Company.   See  "Risk   Factors--Pending
Legislation."

Federal Securities Laws

     The Company's  Common Stock is registered  with the SEC under Section 12(g)
of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act").  The
Company is subject to the  information and reporting  requirements,  regulations
governing  proxy   solicitations,   insider  trading   restrictions   and  other
requirements  applicable  to  companies  whose  stock is  registered  under  the
Exchange Act.


                                       46
<PAGE>

Item 2. Properties.

     The Bank conducts its business  through  eight  full-service  offices.  The
Bank's main office is located at 144-51 Northern Boulevard,  Flushing, New York.
The Bank believes that its current  facilities  are adequate to meet the present
and immediately foreseeable needs of the Bank and the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Date Leased or       Lease Expiration         Net Book Value at
                     Office                    Leased or Owned          Acquired                Date               December 31, 1998
<S>                                                 <C>                   <C>                <C>                       <C>
Main Office
     144-51 Northern Blvd.
     Flushing, NY 11354...................          owned                 1972                   NA                    $3,155,577
Broadway Branch
     159-18 Northern Blvd.
     Flushing, NY 11358...................          owned                 1962                   NA                     1,059,195
Auburndale Branch
     188-08 Hollis Court Blvd.
     Flushing, NY 11358...................          owned                 1991                   NA                       828,119
Springfield Branch
     61-54 Springfield Blvd.
     Bayside, NY 11364....................          leased                1991               11/30/2001                    58,098
Bay Ridge Branch
     7102 Third Avenue
     Brooklyn, NY 11209...................          owned                 1991                   NA                       448,913
Irving Place Branch
     33 Irving Place
     New York, NY 10003...................          leased                1991               11/30/2001                   538,935
New Hyde Park Branch
     661 Hillside Avenue
     New Hyde Park, NY 11040..............          leased                1971               12/31/2011                    74,453
Supermarket Branch
     653 Hillside Avenue
     New Hyde Park, NY 11040..............          leased                1998                6/01/2003                   277,535

          Total premises and equipment, net                                                                            $6,440,825
</TABLE>


Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

     The Bank is  involved  in various  legal  actions  arising in the  ordinary
course of its  business  which,  in the  aggregate,  involve  amounts  which are
believed by management  to be immaterial to the financial  condition and results
of operations of the Bank.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

     None


                                       47
<PAGE>


                                     PART II

Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and Related Stockholder
Matters.

     The information  regarding Flushing Financial  Corporation common stock and
related  stockholder  matters  appears  on page 6 of the 1998  Annual  Report to
Shareholders  ("Annual Report") under the caption "Market Price of Common Stock"
and is incorporated herein by this reference.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

     Information  regarding  selected financial data appears on pages 5 and 6 of
the  Annual  Report  under  the  caption   "Selected   Financial  Data"  and  is
incorporated herein by this reference.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations.

     Information  regarding  management's  discussion  and analysis of financial
condition and results of operations  appears on pages 7 through 17 of the Annual
Report  under the caption  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial
Condition  and  Results  of  Operations"  and is  incorporated  herein  by  this
reference.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     The information  contained in the section captioned "Interest Rate Risk" on
page 15 of the Annual Report and in Notes 14 and 15 of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements is incorporated herein by this reference.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

     Information   regarding  the  financial   statements  and  the  Independent
Auditor's  Report  appears on pages 18  through  42 of the Annual  Report and is
incorporated herein by this reference.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure.

     None.


                                       48
<PAGE>


                                    PART III

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

     Information  regarding the directors and executive  officers of the Company
appears in the Company's  Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders
to be held  May 18,  1999  under  the  captions  "Board  Nominees",  "Continuing
Directors"  and "Executive  Officers Who Are Not Directors" and is  incorporated
herein by this reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

     Information regarding executive compensation appears in the Company's Proxy
Statement for the Annual Meeting of  Shareholders  to be held May 18, 1999 under
the  caption  "Executive  Compensation"  and  is  incorporated  herein  by  this
reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

     Information  regarding  security  ownership  of certain  beneficial  owners
appears in the Company's  Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders
to be held May 18, 1999 under the caption "Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial
Owners" and is incorporated herein by this reference.

     Information  regarding  security  ownership  of  management  appears in the
Company's  Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May
18, 1999 under the caption "Stock  Ownership of Management"  and is incorporated
herein by this reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

     Information   regarding  certain  relationships  and  related  transactions
appears in the Company's  Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders
to be held on May 18, 1999 under the captions "Compensation Committee Interlocks
and Insider Participation" and "Certain Transactions" and is incorporated herein
by this reference.


                                       49
<PAGE>

                                     PART IV

Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K.

(a)   1.    Financial Statements

     The following  financial  statements  are included in the Company's  Annual
Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 1998 and are incorporated
herein by this reference:

     o    Consolidated Statements of Condition at December 31, 1998 and 1997

     o    Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  for each of the years in the
          three-year period ended December 31, 1998

     o    Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for each of
          the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1998

     o    Consolidated  Statements  of Cash  Flows  for each of the years in the
          three year period ended December 31, 1998

     o    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     o    Report of Independent Accountants

     The remaining information appearing in the Annual Report to Shareholders is
not deemed to be filed as a part of this report,  except as  expressly  provided
herein.

      2.    Financial Statement Schedules

     Financial  Statement  Schedules  have  been  omitted  because  they are not
applicable or the required  information is shown in the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements  or  Notes  thereto  included  in  the  Company's  Annual  Report  to
Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 1998 and are incorporated herein by
this reference:

(b)  Reports on Form 8-K filed during the last quarter of fiscal 1998

     None


                                       50
<PAGE>

(c)  Exhibits Required by Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-K

Exhibit
Number
- ------

3.1          Articles of Incorporation of Flushing Financial Corporation (1)

3.2          By-Laws of Flushing Financial Corporation (1)

4.1          Rights Agreement, dated as of September 17, 1996, between Flushing
             Financial Corporation and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as
             Rights Agent (10)

10.1         Annual Incentive Plan for Selected Officers (1)

10.2         Employment Agreements between Flushing Savings Bank, FSB and
             Certain Officers (1)(6)

10.3         Employment Agreements between Flushing Financial Corporation and
             Certain Officers (2)(6)

10.3(a)      Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement between Flushing Financial
             Corporation and Michael J. Hegarty (3)

10.3(b)      Amendment to Employment Agreement between Flushing Financial
             Corporation and Certain Officers (including Michael J. Hegarty) (3)

10.3(c)      Amendment No. 3 to Employment Agreement between Flushing Financial
             Corporation and Michael J. Hegarty, and Amendment No. 2 to
             Employment Agreement between Flushing Savings Bank, FSB and Michael
             J. Hegarty (4)

10.4         Special Termination Agreements (2)

10.5         Employee Severance Compensation Plan of Flushing Savings Bank, FSB
             (1)

10.6(a)      Amended and Restated Outside Director Retirement Plan (9)

10.6(b)      Flushing Savings Bank, FSB Outside Director Deferred Compensation
             Plan (2)

10.7         Flushing Savings Bank, FSB Supplemental Savings Incentive Plan (1)

10.8         Form of Indemnity Agreement among Flushing Savings Bank, FSB,
             Flushing Financial Corporation, and each Director (1)

10.8(a)      Indemnity Agreement among Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, Flushing
             Financial Corporation, and each Director (3)

10.8(b)      Indemnity Agreement among Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, Flushing
             Financial Corporation, and Certain Officers (3)(6)

10.9         Employee Benefit Trust Agreement (1)

10.9(a)      Amendment to the Employee Benefit Trust Agreement (9)

10.10        Loan Document for Employee Benefit Trust (1)

10.11        Guarantee by Flushing Financial Corporation (1)

10.12        Consulting Agreement between Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, Flushing
             Financial Corporation and Gerard P. Tully, Sr. (4)

10.12(a)     Amendment to Gerard P. Tully, Sr. Consulting Agreement (9)

10.12(b)     Amendment No. 2 to Gerard P. Tully, Sr. Consulting Agreement

10.13        Flushing Financial Corporation 1996 Restricted Stock Incentive Plan
             (7)

10.14        Flushing Financial Corporation 1996 Stock Option Incentive Plan (7)

10.15        Amendments to 1996 Restricted Stock Incentive Plan (8)

10.16        Amendments to 1996 Stock Option Incentive Plan (8)

10.17        Agreement and Plan of Merger as of April 24, 1997, by and between
             Flushing Financial Corporation, Flushing Savings Bank, FSB and New
             York Federal Savings Bank (5)

10.18        Consulting Agreement between Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, Flushing
             Financial Corporation and James F. McConnell (11)

10.19        Retirement Agreement between Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, Flushing
             Financial Corporation and James F. McConnell (11)

13.1         1998 Annual Report to Shareholders



                                       51
<PAGE>

22.1         Subsidiaries information incorporated herein by reference to Part I
             - Subsidiary Activities

23.1         Consent of Independent Accountants

27           Financial Data Schedule

99.1         Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held
             on May 18, 1999, which will be filed with the SEC within 30 days
             from the date this Form 10-K is filed.

- ----------
(1)  Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Registration Statement
     on Form S-1, Registration No. 33-96488.

(2)  Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-K for the year
     ended December 31, 1995.

(3)  Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter
     ended September 30, 1996.

(4)  Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-K for the year
     ended December 31, 1996.

(5)  Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter
     ended June 30, 1997.

(6)  Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter
     ended September 30, 1997.

(7)  Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Proxy Statement for
     the Annual Meeting of Stockholders held May 21, 1996.

(8)  Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Proxy Statements for
     the Annual Meetings of Stockholders held April 29, 1997 and May 20, 1998.

(9)  Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Form 10-K for the year
     ended December 31, 1997.

(10) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit filed with Form 8-K filed September
     30, 1996.

(11) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter
     ended March 31, 1998.


                                       52
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report, or amendment  thereto,  to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto duly  authorized,  in New
York, New York, on March 29, 1999.


                                    FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION


                                    By       /S/ MICHAEL J. HEGARTY
                                             -----------------------
                                             Michael J. Hegarty
                                             President and CEO

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     We,  the   undersigned   directors  and  officers  of  Flushing   Financial
Corporation (the "Company")  hereby severally  constitute and appoint Michael J.
Hegarty and Monica C. Passick as our true and lawful attorneys and agents,  each
acting alone and with full power of substitution and re-substitution,  to do any
and all things in our names in the capacities indicated below which said Michael
J.  Hegarty or Monica C.  Passick may deem  necessary or advisable to enable the
Company  to comply  with the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  and any rules,
regulations  and  requirements  of the  Securities and Exchange  Commission,  in
connection  with the  report  on Form  10-K,  or  amendment  thereto,  including
specifically,  but not limited  to,  power and  authority  to sign for us in our
names in the  capacities  indicated  below the report on Form 10-K, or amendment
thereto;  and we hereby  approve,  ratify and confirm  all that said  Michael J.
Hegarty or Monica C. Passick shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report on Form 10-K,  or  amendment  thereto,  has been signed by the  following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature                       Title                                 Date
- ---------                       -----                                 ----

/S/ MICHAEL J. HEGARTY          Director, President               March 29, 1999
- ----------------------------    (Principal Executive Officer)
      Michael J. Hegarty


/S/ GERARD P. TULLY, SR.        Director, Chairman                March 29, 1999
- ----------------------------  
      Gerard P. Tully, Sr.


/S/ MONICA C. PASSICK           Treasurer (Principal Financial    March 29, 1999
- ----------------------------    and Accounting Officer) 
      Monica C. Passick


/S/ ROBERT A. MARANI            Director                          March 29, 1999
- ----------------------------  
      Robert A. Marani


                                       53
<PAGE>

/S/ JOHN O. MEAD                Director                          March 29, 1999
- ----------------------------  
      John O. Mead


/S/ JAMES F. MCCONNELL          Director                          March 29, 1999
- ----------------------------  
      James F. McConnell


/S/ FRANKLIN F. REGAN, JR.      Director                          March 29, 1999
- ----------------------------  
      Franklin F. Regan, Jr.


/S/ JOHN E. ROE, SR.            Director                          March 29, 1999
- ----------------------------  
      John E. Roe, Sr.


/S/ MICHAEL J. RUSSO            Director                          March 29, 1999
- ----------------------------  
      Michael J. Russo


/S/ JOHN M. GLEASON             Director                          March 29, 1999
- ----------------------------  
      John M. Gleason


/S/ VINCENT F. NICOLOSI         Director                          March 29, 1999
- ----------------------------  
      Vincent F. Nicolosi


/S/ LOUIS C. GRASSI             Director                          March 29, 1999
- ----------------------------  
      Louis C. Grassi


/S/ JAMES D. BENNETT            Director                          March 29, 1999
- ----------------------------  
      James D. Bennett


                                       54



[PHOTOS]

                                                  FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION
Flushing
          Financial


                                                              1998 ANNUAL REPORT


                                   [GRAPHIC]


                                                  ON TARGET TO COMMUNITY BANKING


<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Corporate Profile

Flushing Financial Corporation,  a Delaware corporation,  was formed in May 1994
to serve as the holding  company for  Flushing  Savings  Bank,  FSB, a federally
chartered, FDIC insured savings institution originally organized in 1929.

The  Bank  is a  consumer-oriented  savings  institution  primarily  engaged  in
attracting deposits from the local communities of Queens,  Nassau,  Brooklyn and
Manhattan and investing  such deposits and other  available  funds  primarily in
originations  of multi-family  mortgage loans,  commercial real estate loans and
one-to-four family residential loans.

Flushing Financial  Corporation's  common stock is publicly traded on the Nasdaq
National Market(R) under the symbol of "FFIC." 

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Table of Contents

     1.   Financial Highlights

     2.   To Our Shareholders

     5.   Selected Financial Data

     7.   Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and
          Results of Operations

     18.  Consolidated Financial Statements

     24.  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     42.  Report of Independent Accountants

          IBC Corporate and Shareholder Information




<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Financial Highlights

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===========================================================================================
At or for the year ended December 31,                             1998              1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                          <C>              <C>          
                                               (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Selected Financial Data

Total assets .............................................   $   1,142,055    $   1,088,476
Loans receivable, net ....................................         750,555          598,421
Mortgage-backed securities ...............................         302,421          217,110
Other securities .........................................          24,269          139,602
Real estate owned, net ...................................              77              433
Deposits .................................................         664,059          655,911
Stockholders' equity .....................................         132,087          136,443
Dividends paid per common share ..........................   $        0.22    $        0.15
Book value per share .....................................   $       12.12    $       11.57
===========================================================================================

Selected Operating Data

Net interest income ......................................   $      36,144    $      32,071
Net income ...............................................          10,190            8,531
Basic earnings per share .................................   $        1.00    $        0.80
Diluted earnings per share ...............................   $        0.98    $        0.79
===========================================================================================

Financial Ratios

Return on average assets .................................            0.92%            0.96%
Return on average equity .................................            7.51             6.41
Net interest margin ......................................            3.43             3.74
Net interest rate spread .................................            2.88             3.06
Efficiency ratio .........................................           53.44            53.91
Equity to total assets ...................................           11.57            12.53
Non-performing assets to total assets ....................            0.23             0.27
Allowance for possible loan losses to gross loans ........            0.89             1.07
Allowance for possible loan losses to non-performing loans          260.36           263.38
===========================================================================================
</TABLE>

                                                              DILUTED EARNINGS
  NET LOAN PORTFOLIO                NET INCOME                   PER SHARE
(dollars in millions)         (dollars in millions)              (dollars)

    1998     $751                 1998     $10.2                1998    $0.98
    1997     $598                 1997     $ 8.5                1997    $0.79
    1996     $383                 1996     $ 6.7                1996    $0.57
    1995     $280                 1995     $ 3.3                 

                                                                               1
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[GRAPHIC]

     To Our Shareholders In 1998,  Flushing Financial  Corporation  achieved its
     fourth consecutive year of increased earnings,  balancing asset growth with
     profitability.  As interest rate spreads  narrowed,  we improved  income by
     increasing  multi-family,  residential  and  commercial  real  estate  loan
     originations  while  continuing  to  concentrate  on asset quality and also
     controlling  costs.  With our successful  community  banking  approach,  we
     affirm our strategic  position as an independent  community bank delivering
     value to our customers and you, our shareholders.

          Throughout 1998, Flushing Financial Corporation continued to implement
     its  strategic  plan to  pursue  structured  and  orderly  growth  and took
     tangible  steps to explore new retail  concepts and products to accommodate
     our customers' needs.


With our successful community banking approach, we affirm our strategic position
as an independent community bank.

     o    We significantly  increased our loan portfolio by $152 million,  or 25
          percent from the prior year.  For 1998,  we  originated  loans of $110
          million for one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, $84 million
          for  multi-family  real estate loans,  $52 million for commercial real
          estate loans and $3 million in construction loans.

     o    We maintained  asset quality in 1998.  Non-performing  assets  totaled
          only $2.7  million at December 31,  1998,  a small  decrease  from the
          prior year. The allowance for loan losses to non-performing  loans was
          260 percent at the end of 1998.

     o    We expanded and deepened our  relationships  with small  businesses by
          providing  Small  Business   Administration   (SBA)  loans  and  other
          commercial loan products.

     o    We opened our first in-store  supermarket  branch,  offering  complete
          banking  services and  flexible  hours,  through an alliance  with the
          Edwards  Supermarket  chain.  We believe  this will prove to be a cost
          efficient  means of branch  expansion  that will  offer our  customers
          greater  access to our  services  and enable us to increase the Bank's
          presence and market penetration in the markets we serve.

     o    We began  offering a variety of  investment  and  insurance  products,
          including mutual funds, tax-deferred annuities and retirement planning
          services, through the newly established Flushing Service Corporation.

     We are  pleased  to  report  that  net  income  increased  in 1998 to $10.2
     million,  up 19.5  percent  from the $8.5  million  reported  in 1997.  Net
     interest income improved by 12.7 percent to $36.1 million as we shifted our
     asset mix to 



2
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

We intend to concentrate on originating multi-family, residential and commercial
real estate loans and increasing core deposits.

[GRAPHIC]

     compensate for narrowing  spreads and used an increased  level of wholesale
     borrowings  to fund asset  growth. 

     We continued to maintain  control over operating costs in 1998 as evidenced
     by our stable  efficiency ratio of 53.4 percent.  We intend to continue our
     efforts to maintain and improve efficiency through further  improvements to
     our operations infrastructure in the year ahead.

     Your  Company  improved  shareholder  value based on each of the  following
     market indicators:

     o    Diluted  earnings per share  increased 24 percent to a record $0.98 in
          1998 from $0.79 in 1997.

     o    Book value per share  improved  to $12.12 in 1998,  up from $11.57 per
          share in 1997.

     o    Dividends  paid in 1998  increased  47  percent  to $0.22 per share as
          compared  to $0.15 per share paid in 1997.  Moreover,  we are happy to
          inform you that this trend is  continuing  and that we have  increased
          our dividend payment to $0.08 per share for the first quarter of 1999.

     o    Flushing declared a 3-for-2 stock split,  distributed on September 30,
          1998 in the form of a 50 percent stock dividend, which we believe will
          provide you with increased liquidity in the market for our stock.

     o    Return on average equity  increased to 7.5 percent in 1998 as compared
          to  6.4  percent  in  1997  as  we  employed  our  capital  base  more
          profitably.

     o    The Bank's  regulatory equity ratios continued to be well in excess of
          its requirements. As of December 31, 1998 the Bank's risk-based equity
          was 19.4  percent and  tangible and core equity were each 9.5 percent.
          This strong capital base allows us flexibility in pursuing alternative
          strategies  for  sustained  future  growth and  increased  shareholder
          value.

     o    Flushing's  strong  capital  position  also enabled us to continue our
          stock repurchase  programs.  During 1998,  757,000 shares of our stock
          were repurchased at a cost of $14 million.  Through December 31, 1998,
          approximately  19 percent of the common  shares  issued in  connection
          with Flushing Financial  Corporation's  initial public offering,  were
          repurchased at a cost of $34 million,  thus enhancing the value of the
          remaining shares outstanding that you own. This strategy is continuing
          into 1999 with  another  program  to  repurchase  five  percent of our
          outstanding shares.


                                                                               3
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Looking Ahead 1999 will continue to be a year of change and  exploration as
     Flushing  Financial  Corporation  seeks to  capitalize  on its niche in the
     marketplace.  As an  independent  community  bank,  we  will  differentiate
     ourselves  through  providing  superior  customer  service as the strongest
     foundation for our future business growth.


Achieving our business goals will continue to be the basis for accomplishing the
primary and broader  objective of optimizing our  shareholders'  return on their
investment.

     We  intend  to   concentrate   on  our  primary   business  of  originating
     multi-family,  residential  and commercial real estate loans and increasing
     our core deposits.  We expect to introduce new products and services,  take
     advantage of cross selling opportunities, improve technology and expand our
     community involvement.

     We will continue to emphasize  strong  financial  performance  and look for
     opportunities  for  acquisitions  and  expansion  that will be accretive to
     earnings.  

     Achieving   our  business   goals  will   continue  to  be  the  basis  for
     accomplishing   the  primary  and  broader   objective  of  optimizing  our
     shareholders'  return  on their  investment.  We  believe  that we are well
     positioned to meet this objective.

     The  election  of James D.  Bennett  and  Louis C.  Grassi  to our Board of
     Directors  in 1998 brings  exceptionally  strong  business  experience  and
     perspective  to our Board  process.  We welcome  their  contribution  as we
     address the strategic and business  challenges faced by Flushing  Financial
     Corporation in the current market environment.

     Before  closing,  we wish to  thank  James  F.  McConnell  who  retired  as
     President  and Chief  Executive  Officer  last  October,  after 24 years of
     dedicated  service to the Bank. We are pleased that Jim will remain with us
     as a Director and consultant,  allowing Flushing  Financial  Corporation to
     continue to draw upon his knowledge and many years of experience.

     Once again, we are grateful to the entire Board for its active guidance, to
     our employees  for their  service to our  customers  and  commitment to the
     Bank, to our customers for their valued trust and to you, our shareholders,
     for the confidence you express through your investment in our institution.


     [PHOTO]                           [PHOTO]

Michael J. Hegarty             Gerard P. Tully, Sr.
President &                    Chairman of the Board
Chief Executive Officer



4
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Selected Financial Data

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
At or for the year ended December 31,                          1998          1997            1996            1995          1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Selected Financial Condition Data
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>       
Total assets(1) ........................................    $1,142,055     $1,088,476     $  775,343      $  708,384     $  592,014
Loans, net(1) ..........................................       750,555        598,421        382,781         280,126        252,116
Securities held to maturity ............................            --             --             --              --         90,945
Securities available for sale ..........................       326,690        356,712        331,895         381,447        195,978
Real estate owned, net .................................            77            433          1,218           1,869          3,468
Deposits ...............................................       664,059        655,911        584,479         559,864        532,141
Borrowed funds .........................................       335,458        287,187         51,000              --         10,000
Stockholders' equity ...................................       132,087        136,443        133,281         141,330         40,115
Book value per share(2)(3) .............................         12.12          11.57          10.77           10.93             NA

Selected Operating Data
Interest and dividend income ...........................    $   82,846     $   66,866     $   55,061      $   44,705     $   42,511
Interest expense .......................................        46,702         34,795         26,302          22,898         19,440
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net interest income ..................................        36,144         32,071         28,759          21,807         23,071
Provision for loan losses ..............................           214            104            418             496            246
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net interest income after provision
    for loan losses ....................................        35,930         31,967         28,341          21,311         22,825
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-interest income:
  Net gains (losses) on sales of securities
    and loans ..........................................           368             67            126            (316)          (122)
  Deferred gain from sale of real estate ...............            --             --             --           2,784             --
  Other income .........................................         2,927          2,596          1,623           2,217          1,321
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total non-interest income ..........................         3,295          2,663          1,749           4,685          1,199
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-interest expense:
  Other operating expenses .............................        23,023         19,324         18,224          17,358         16,258
  Provision (recovery) for deposits at Nationar ........            --             --           (660)            660             --
  Conversion expenses ..................................            --             --             --           2,222             --
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total non-interest expense .........................        23,023         19,324         17,564          20,240         16,258
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income tax provision .....................        16,202         15,306         12,526           5,756          7,766
Income tax provision ...................................         6,012          6,775          5,811           2,470          3,331
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net income .........................................    $   10,190     $    8,531     $    6,715      $    3,286     $    4,435
                                                            ========================================================================
Basic earnings per share(3)(4) .........................    $     1.00     $     0.80     $     0.57      Not meaningful         NA
Diluted earnings per share(3)(4) .......................    $     0.98     $     0.79     $     0.57      Not meaningful         NA
Dividends declared per share(3) ........................    $     0.22     $     0.15     $     0.05              --             NA
Dividend payout ratio ..................................          23.4%          18.9%           9.3%             --             NA
</TABLE>
                                               (Footnotes on the following page)

                                                                               5
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Selected Financial Data

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
At or for the year ended December 31,                                1998           1997           1996          1995          1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data
<S>                                                                 <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>   
Performance ratios:
  Return on average assets ..................................         0.92%          0.96%         0.89%         0.53%         0.70%
  Return on average equity ..................................         7.51           6.41          4.90          6.08         10.66
  Average equity to average assets ..........................        12.24          15.00         18.17          8.70          6.56
  Equity to total assets ....................................        11.57          12.53         17.19         19.95          6.78
  Interest rate spread during period ........................         2.88           3.06          3.29          3.51          3.82
  Net interest margin .......................................         3.43           3.74          4.01          3.74          3.90
  Non-interest expense to average assets ....................         2.08           2.18          2.33          3.26          2.56
  Efficiency ratio ..........................................        53.44          53.91         58.33         64.69         65.48
  Average interest-earning assets to average
    interest-bearing liabilities ............................        1.12x          1.17x         1.20x         1.06x         1.03x
Regulatory capital ratios(5):
  Tangible capital ..........................................         9.46%          9.11%        12.67%        14.85%         7.87%
  Core capital ..............................................         9.46           9.11         12.67         14.85          7.87
  Total risk-based capital ..................................        19.43          19.76         27.43         30.48         17.01
Asset quality ratios:
  Non-performing loans to gross loans(6) ....................         0.34%          0.41%         0.62%         1.74%         2.05%
  Non-performing assets to total assets(7) ..................         0.23           0.27          0.47          0.97          1.48
  Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans .............        (0.01)          0.01          0.09          0.21          0.24
  Allowance for loan losses to gross loans ..................         0.89           1.07          1.39          1.85          2.07
  Allowance for loan losses to total
    non-performing assets(7) ................................       252.83         223.94        149.94         77.52         61.17
  Allowance for loan losses to total
    non-performing loans(6) .................................       260.36         263.38        225.79        106.61        101.11
Full-service customer facilities ............................            8              7             7             7             7
</TABLE>

(1)  Includes the effect of the  acquisition of New York Federal Savings Bank on
     September 9, 1997 in a purchase  transaction valued at approximately  $13.0
     million in cash.

(2)  Calculated by dividing  stockholders'  equity of $132.1  million and $136.4
     million at December  31, 1998 and 1997,  respectively,  by  10,898,805  and
     11,796,930 shares outstanding at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

(3)  All per share data has been  adjusted  for the  three-for-two  stock  split
     distributed on September 30, 1998 in the form of a stock dividend.

(4)  The Company  completed  its initial  public  offering on November 21, 1995.
     Earnings of the Company from the period November 21, 1995 through  December
     31, 1995 year end were $655,000 which, based on 11,903,328 weighted average
     shares outstanding for the same period,  equals $0.05 per share. The shares
     held in the  Company's  Employee  Benefit  Trust are not included in shares
     outstanding  for  purposes  of  calculating  earnings  per share.  Unvested
     restricted  stock  awards  are not  included  in basic  earnings  per share
     calculations, but are included in diluted earnings per share calculations.

(5)  The Bank exceeded all minimum  regulatory capital  requirements  during the
     periods presented.

(6)  Non-performing  loans consist of non-accrual  loans and loans delinquent 90
     days or more that are still accruing.

(7)  Non-performing  assets  consists  of  non-performing  loans and real estate
     owned.

Market Price of Common Stock

Flushing  Financial  Corporation  Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq  National
Market  under the symbol  "FFIC".  As of  December  31,  1998,  the  Company had
approximately 890 shareholders of record, not including the number of persons or
entities  holding  stock in nominee or street name through  various  brokers and
banks.  At December  31, 1998,  the last  trading  date in 1998 for Nasdaq,  the
Company's  stock closed at $15.8125.  The following table shows the high and low
closing  sales  price of the Common  Stock  during the periods  indicated.  Such
prices do not necessarily reflect retail markups, markdowns or commissions.  All
price and dividend  information  has been adjusted for the  three-for-two  stock
split  distributed  on September 30, 1998 in the form of a stock  dividend.  See
Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for dividend restrictions.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        1998                             1997
                            --------------------------------------------------------------
                             High       Low     Dividend       High      Low      Dividend
                            ==============================================================
<S>                         <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>       <C>   
First Quarter ..........    $17.25    $13.88    $  .05        $14.33    $11.59    $  .03
Second Quarter .........     19.50     16.25       .05         15.83     11.83       .04
Third Quarter ..........     20.33     12.58       .06         16.42     13.33       .04
Fourth Quarter .........     17.19     10.50       .06         16.50     14.00       .04
</TABLE>



6
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

General

Flushing Financial Corporation ("Holding Company") is the parent holding company
for Flushing  Savings Bank, FSB ("Bank"),  a federally  chartered  stock savings
bank. On November 21, 1995,  the Bank  completed its  Conversion  ("Conversion")
from a federally  chartered  mutual savings bank to a federally  chartered stock
savings  bank.  The following  discussion of financial  condition and results of
operations  include the collective  results of the Holding  Company and the Bank
(collectively the "Company"), but reflects principally the Bank's activities.

The Company's  principal business is attracting retail deposits from the general
public  and  investing  those  deposits   together  with  funds  generated  from
operations  and  borrowings,  primarily  in (i)  originations  and  purchases of
one-to-four family  residential  mortgage loans,  multi-family  income-producing
property loans and commercial  real estate loans;  (ii) mortgage loan surrogates
such as mortgage-backed securities and; (iii) U.S. government and federal agency
securities, corporate fixed-income securities and other marketable securities.
To a lesser  extent,  the Company  originates  certain  other  loans,  including
construction loans, Small Business Administration loans and other small business
loans.

The Company's  results of operations  depend  primarily on net interest  income,
which is the  difference  between  the  interest  income  earned on its loan and
security  portfolios,  and its cost of funds,  consisting  primarily of interest
paid on deposit  accounts and borrowed funds.  Net interest income is the result
of the  Company's  interest  rate margin,  which is the  difference  between the
average  yield  earned  on  interest-earning  assets  and  the  average  cost of
interest-bearing liabilities, and the average balance of interest-earning assets
compared to the average  balance of  interest-bearing  liabilities.  The Company
also generates  non-interest  income from loan fees,  service charges on deposit
accounts, mortgage servicing fees, late charges and other fees and net gains and
losses on sales of  securities  and  loans.  The  Company's  operating  expenses
consist  principally  of  employee  compensation  and  benefits,  occupancy  and
equipment  costs,  other  general  and  administrative  expenses  and income tax
expense. The Company's results of operations also can be significantly  affected
by its periodic  provision for loan losses and specific  provision for losses on
real estate  owned  ("REO").  Such results  also are  significantly  affected by
general  economic  and  competitive  conditions,  including  changes  in  market
interest  rates,  the  strength of the local  economy,  government  policies and
actions of regulatory authorities.  

The Company has in the past increased  growth through  acquisitions of financial
institutions or branches of other financial institutions, and will pursue growth
through  acquisitions  that are, or are expected to be within a reasonable  time
frame,  accretive to earnings, as opportunities arise. On September 9, 1997, the
Holding Company acquired New York Federal Savings Bank ("New York Federal") in a
cash transaction valued at approximately $13 million.

In November 1997, the Bank  established a  wholly-owned  real estate  investment
trust  subsidiary,   Flushing  Preferred  Funding  Corporation   ("FPFC"),   and
transferred  $256.7  million in real estate loans from the Bank to the FPFC.  On
September 30, 1998,  the Bank  transferred  an additional  $69.7 million in real
estate loans from the Bank to FPFC. The assets transferred to FPFC are viewed by
regulators as part of the Bank's assets in  consolidation.  The establishment of
FPFC  provides  an  additional  vehicle for access by the Company to the capital
markets for future investment opportunities. In addition, under current law, all
income earned by FPFC and  distributed to the Bank in the form of a dividend has
the effect of reducing the Company's income tax expense.

During the first quarter of 1998, the Bank formed Flushing  Service  Corporation
("FSC"),  a service  corporation to market insurance  products and mutual funds.
The insurance products and mutual funds sold are products of unrelated insurance
and  securities  firms  from  which FSC earns a  commission.  FSC  became  fully
operational during the month of June 1998.

On  August  18,  1998,  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company  declared  a
three-for-two  split of the  Company's  common  stock in the form of a 50% stock
dividend,  which was paid on September 30, 1998. Each  stockholder  received one
additional  share for every two shares of the Company's common stock held at the
record date, September 10, 1998. Cash was paid in lieu of fractional shares. All
share  and per share  amounts  in this  Annual  Report  have been  retroactively
restated to reflect the three-for-two split paid on September 30, 1998.

Statements  contained  in this  Annual  Report  relating  to plans,  strategies,
objectives,  economic  performance and trends and other  statements that are not
descriptions of historical facts may be  forward-looking  statements  within the
meaning of Section  27A of the  Securities  Act of 1933 and  Section  21E of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.  Forward  looking  information  is  inherently
subject to risks and  uncertainties,  and actual results could differ materially
from those currently anticipated due to a number of factors,  which include, but
are not  limited  to,  the  factors  set  forth in the third  paragraph  of this
section,   and  under  captions   "Management   Strategy",   "Other  Trends  and
Contingencies"  and "Year 2000  Compliance"  below, and elsewhere in this Annual
Report and in other  documents  filed by the  Company  with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission from time to time. The Company has no obligations to update
these forward-looking statements.



                                                                               7
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Flushing Savings Bank, FSB

The Bank was  organized  in 1929 as a New York State  chartered  mutual  savings
bank.  On May 10,  1994,  the Bank  converted  to a federally  chartered  mutual
savings bank and changed its name from Flushing Savings Bank to Flushing Savings
Bank, FSB. As a federal savings bank, the Bank's primary regulator is the Office
of Thrift  Supervision  ("OTS").  The Bank's deposits are insured to the maximum
allowable  amount  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance   Corporation  ("FDIC").

Management Strategy  

Management's  strategy is to continue  the Bank's  focus as a  consumer-oriented
institution  serving its local markets.  In furtherance of this  objective,  the
Company  intends to (1) continue its emphasis on the  origination of one-to-four
family residential mortgage, multi-family real estate and commercial real estate
loans, (2) seek to maintain asset quality, (3) seek to manage deposit growth and
maintain a low cost of funds,  (4) seek to manage  interest  rate risk,  and (5)
explore new business opportunities. The Company has in the past increased growth
through  acquisitions of financial  institutions and branches of other financial
institutions,  and will continue to pursue growth through acquisitions that are,
or are  expected to be within a  reasonable  time frame,  accretive to earnings.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to effectively implement
this  strategy.  The  Company's  strategy  is  subject to change by the Board of
Directors.

One-to-Four Family, Multi-Family Real Estate and Commercial Real Estate Lending.
The Company has  traditionally  emphasized the  origination  and  acquisition of
one-to-four  family  residential  mortgage loans,  which include adjustable rate
mortgage  ("ARM")  loans,  fixed  rate  mortgage  loans and home  equity  loans.
However,  in recent years,  the Company has also placed emphasis on multi-family
and commercial  real estate loans.  The Company expects to continue its emphasis
on  multi-family  and  commercial  real estate  loans as well as on  one-to-four
family  residential   mortgage  loans.  At  December  31,  1998,  the  Company's
one-to-four  family residential  mortgage loans,  multi-family real estate loans
and  commercial  real estate loans amounted to $372.0  million  (49.0%),  $277.4
million (36.6%) and $101.4 million  (13.4%),  respectively,  of gross loans.

The  Company  seeks  to  increase  its   originations  of  one-to-four   family,
multi-family  real estate and  commercial  real estate loans through  aggressive
marketing and by maintaining  competitive  interest rates and origination  fees.
The Company's  marketing  efforts  include  advertising in its local markets and
frequent  contacts with mortgage  brokers and other  professionals  who serve as
referral   sources.   As  part  of  these  efforts,   the  Company   established
relationships  with mortgage bankers who originate  one-to-four  family mortgage
loans in the New York  metropolitan area that are then purchased by the Company.
Loans  purchased  by the Company  from these  mortgage  bankers  comply with the
Bank's  underwriting  standards.  Purchases of such loans  totaled $27.2 million
during 1998 compared to $50.0 million during 1997.  The  acquisition of New York
Federal in September of 1997 also augmented the Company's  market share,  adding
$62.4 million of  multi-family  real estate  loans,  $11.7 million of commercial
real estate  loans and $0.9 million of  one-to-four  family loans at the time of
the  acquisition.  The  acquisition of New York Federal also expanded the Bank's
line of loan products  with the  acquisition  of $2.0 million in Small  Business
Administration loans.

Fully underwritten  one-to-four family residential  mortgage loans generally are
considered by the banking  industry to have less risk than other types of loans.
Multi-family income-producing real estate loans and commercial real estate loans
generally have higher yields than one-to-four  family loans and shorter terms to
maturity,  but typically  involve higher principal  amounts and generally expose
the lender to a greater risk of credit loss than one-to-four  family residential
mortgage loans. The Company's  increased emphasis on multi-family and commercial
real estate loans could  increase the overall  level of credit risk  inherent in
the Company's loan portfolio.  The greater risk associated with multi-family and
commercial  real estate loans may require the Company to increase its provisions
for loan losses and to maintain an allowance  for loan losses as a percentage of
total loans in excess of the allowance  currently  maintained by the Company. To
date, the Company has not experienced significant losses in its multi-family and
commercial real estate loan portfolios.

Maintain Asset Quality.  By adherence to its strict  underwriting  standards the
Bank  has  been  able to  minimize  net  losses  from  impaired  loans  with net
charge-offs  declining from $46,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997, to net
recoveries  of $74,000 for the year ended  December  31,  1998.  The Company has
maintained  the strength of its loan  portfolio,  as evidenced by the  Company's
ratio of its  allowance  for loan losses to  non-performing  loans of 260.36% at
December 31, 1998,  essentially unchanged from 263.38% at December 31, 1997. The
Company seeks to maintain its loans in performing  status  through,  among other
things,  strict collection  efforts,  and consistently  monitors  non-performing
assets in an  effort  to return  them to  performing  status.  To this end,  the
Company  maintains an internal loan review committee that reviews the quality of
loans and reports to the Loan Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank on
a monthly  basis.  From time to time,  the Company has sold and may  continue to
make sales of  non-performing  assets.  Non-performing  assets  declined to $2.7
million  at  December   31,  1998  from  $2.9  million  at  December  31,  1997.
Non-performing  assets as a percentage  of total assets  declined  from 0.27% at
December 31, 1997 to 0.23% at December 31, 1998.

Managing  Deposit Growth and  Maintaining  Low Cost of Funds.  The Company has a
relatively  stable  retail  deposit  base drawn from its market area through its
eight  full-service  offices.  Although  the  Company  seeks to retain  existing
deposits and maintain  depositor  relationships  by offering quality service and
competitive  interest rates to its customers,  the Company seeks to keep deposit
growth  within  reasonable   limits.   During  the  current  low  interest  rate
environment,  the Bank has  experienced a shift by depositors from lower costing
savings,


8
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


NOW and money market accounts to higher costing certificate of deposit accounts.
Management intends to balance its goal to maintain competitive interest rates on
deposits  while  seeking to manage  its  overall  cost of funds to  finance  its
strategies.  Historically,  the Company  has relied on its  deposit  base as its
principal source of funding.  The Bank is also a member of the Federal Home Loan
Bank of New York  ("FHLB-NY"),  which  provides it with an additional  source of
borrowing which the Company has increasingly  utilized. 

Managing  Interest  Rate  Risk.  The  Company  seeks to reduce its  exposure  to
interest rate risk by managing the interest rate  sensitivity  of its assets and
extending the interest rate  sensitivity  of its  liabilities.  The mix of loans
originated  by the Company  (fixed-rate  or ARM) is  determined in large part by
borrowers'  preferences,  and the  proportion of loans  originated as fixed-rate
loans may increase  should  interest rates decline.  The Company seeks to adjust
the  interest  rate  sensitivity  of  its  assets  by  retaining  ARM  loans  it
originates,   and  by  purchasing   additional  ARM  loans  or   adjustable-rate
mortgage-backed   securities  and  fixed-rate  mortgage-backed  securities  with
remaining  estimated  lives of less  than  five  years.  In  order  to  maintain
flexibility  in  managing  the  Company's   interest  rate   sensitive   assets,
substantially all of the fixed-rate residential mortgage loans originated by the
Company  since 1990 were made in  conformance  with  Federal  National  Mortgage
Association ("FNMA") requirements to facilitate sale in the secondary market.

Prevailing  interest rates also affect the extent to which  borrowers  repay and
refinance loans. In a declining  interest rate  environment,  the number of loan
prepayments  and loan  refinancings  may  increase,  as well as  prepayments  of
mortgage-backed  securities.  Call  provisions  associated  with  the  Company's
investment in U.S. government agency and corporate securities may also adversely
affect yield in a declining  interest rate  environment.  Such  prepayments  and
calls  may  adversely  affect  the yield of the  Company's  loan  portfolio  and
mortgage-backed  and other securities as the Company reinvests the prepaid funds
in a lower interest rate environment.  However,  the Company typically  receives
additional loan fees when existing loans are refinanced,  which partially offset
the reduced yield on the Company's loan portfolio resulting from prepayments. In
periods of low interest  rates,  the  Company's  level of core deposits also may
decline if depositors seek higher yielding  instruments or other investments not
offered by the Company,  which in turn may increase the Company's  cost of funds
and decrease its net interest margin to the extent  alternative  funding sources
are utilized.

Exploring New Business  Opportunities.  As part of the Company's  exploration in
new  retailing  concepts  and  products,  the Bank  opened  its  first  in-store
supermarket  branch in June 1998 in the neighborhood of New Hyde Park through an
alliance with the Edwards  Supermarket  chain.  The new  supermarket  branch can
address  virtually  all  of its  customers'  financial  needs,  with  the  added
convenience of extended hours and time saving grocery store access.  Also during
the second quarter of 1998, the Company launched  Flushing Service  Corporation,
which began offering mutual funds,  tax-deferred  annuities and other investment
products, expanding the services offered by the Bank.

Also, in June 1998 the Bank  established  a Business and  Community  Development
Department.  In the Company's demanding and constantly evolving marketplace,  it
is expected that this office will play an active role in enhancing the Company's
reputation  as an  essential  player in the local  economy,  and  expanding  its
participation in new business opportunities.

Management is currently  reviewing the  profitability of various new products to
further expand the Company's product lines and market. 

Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis

A financial  institution's  exposure to the risks of changing interest rates may
be  analyzed,  in part,  by  examining  the  extent  to  which  its  assets  and
liabilities  are "interest rate  sensitive" and by monitoring the  institution's
interest rate  sensitivity  "gap".  An asset or liability is said to be interest
rate sensitive within a specific time period if it will mature or reprice within
that time period. The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference
between the amount of  interest-earning  assets  maturing or repricing  within a
specific time period and the amount of interest-bearing  liabilities maturing or
repricing within that time period. A gap is considered  positive when the amount
of  interest-earning   assets  maturing  or  repricing  exceeds  the  amount  of
interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within the same period. A gap
is considered negative when the amount of interest-bearing  liabilities maturing
or repricing exceeds the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or repricing
within the same  period.  Accordingly,  a positive  gap may enhance net interest
income in a rising rate  environment and reduce net interest income in a falling
rate environment.  Conversely, a negative gap may enhance net interest income in
a falling  rate  environment  and reduce net  interest  income in a rising  rate
environment.

The  table  below  sets  forth  the  amounts  of  interest-earning   assets  and
interest-bearing   liabilities  outstanding  at  December  31,  1998  which  are
anticipated by the Company, based upon certain assumptions, to reprice or mature
in each of the future time periods shown.  Except as stated below, the amount of
assets and liabilities  shown which reprice or mature during a particular period
was  determined in  accordance  with the earlier of the term to repricing or the
contractual  terms  of  the  asset  or  liability.  Prepayment  assumptions  for
mortgage-backed  securities are based on industry  averages.  Passbook and Money
Market  accounts were assumed to have a withdrawal  or "run-off"  rate of 3% and
7%, respectively, based on historical experience. Management believes that these
assumptions are indicative of actual prepayments and withdrawals  experienced by
the Company.



                                                                               9
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Interest Rate Sensitivity Gap Analysis at December 31, 1998
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            More than   More than    More than     More than
                                             Three        Three       One Year    Three Years  Five Years
                                             Months     Months to     to Three      to Five      to Ten     More than
                                            and Less     One Year      Years         Years        Years     Ten Years       Total
                                            ========================================================================================
                                                                            (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                         <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>       
Interest-Earning Assets
Mortgage loans ..........................   $ 20,144    $  93,575     $ 193,652     $177,007    $221,151    $  48,536    $  754,065
Other loans .............................        269          781         1,420          845       1,200           --         4,515
Short-term securities(1) ................     10,800           --            --           --          --           --        10,800
Securities available for sale:
  Mortgage-backed securities ............     15,797       49,804        89,577       57,082      64,049       26,112       302,421
  Other .................................      7,720          306         1,656           --       8,927        5,660        24,269
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total interest-earning assets .......     54,730      144,466       286,305      234,934     295,327       80,308    $1,096,070
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
Passbook accounts .......................      1,530        4,590        11,692       11,001      24,740      150,396       203,949
NOW accounts ............................         --           --            --           --          --       26,788        26,788
Money market accounts ...................        498        1,494         3,573        3,090       6,021       13,763        28,439
Certificate of deposit accounts .........    101,768      150,813        87,910       28,861       1,463           --       370,815
Mortgagors' escrow deposits .............         --           --            --           --          --        6,563         6,563
Borrowed funds ..........................     32,260       52,073       155,786       45,000      50,000          339       335,458
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total interest-bearing liabilities(2)   $136,056    $ 208,970     $ 258,961     $ 87,952    $ 82,224    $ 197,849    $  972,012
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest rate sensitivity gap ...........   $(81,326)   $ (64,504)    $  27,344     $146,982    $213,103    $(117,541)
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap    $(81,326)   $(145,830)    $(118,486)    $ 28,496    $241,599    $ 124,058
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap
  as a percentage of total assets .......      (7.12)%     (12.77)%      (10.37)%       2.50%      21.15%       10.86%
Cumulative interest-earning assets
  as a percentage of cumulative
  interest-bearing liabilities ..........      40.23%       57.73%        80.38%      104.12%     131.21%      112.76%
</TABLE>

(1)  Consists of interest-earning deposits.

(2)  Does  not  include  non-interest-bearing  demand  accounts  totaling  $27.5
     million at December 31, 1998.

Certain  shortcomings  are  inherent in the method of analysis  presented in the
foregoing table.  For example,  although certain assets and liabilities may have
similar  estimated  maturities  or  periods  to  repricing,  they  may  react in
differing  degrees to changes in market  interest  rates and may bear rates that
differ in varying  degrees  from the rates that would  apply upon  maturity  and
reinvestment  or upon  repricing.  Also,  the interest rates on certain types of
assets and  liabilities  may fluctuate in advance of changes in market  interest
rates,  while  interest  rates on other  types may lag behind  changes in market
rates.  Additionally,  certain  assets,  such as ARM loans,  have  features that
restrict  changes in interest  rates on a short-term  basis and over the life of
the  asset.  Further,  in the  event of a  significant  change  in the  level of
interest rates, prepayments on loans and mortgage-backed securities, and deposit
withdrawal  or "run-off"  levels,  would likely  deviate  materially  from those
assumed  in  calculating  the  above  table.  In the event of an  interest  rate
increase,  some borrowers may be unable to meet the increased  payments on their
adjustable-rate  debt. The interest rate  sensitivity  analysis assumes that the
nature of the Company's  assets and liabilities  remains static.  Interest rates
may have an effect on  customer  preferences  for  deposits  and loan  products.
Finally,  the  maturity  and  repricing   characteristics  of  many  assets  and
liabilities  as set forth in the above table are not  governed  by contract  but
rather by  management's  best judgement  based on current market  conditions and
anticipated business strategies.



10
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


Analysis of Net Interest Income

Net interest income represents the difference between income on interest-earning
assets and expense on interest-bearing  liabilities. Net interest income depends
upon  the  relative  amount  of  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing
liabilities and the interest rate earned or paid on them.

The  following  table sets forth certain  information  relating to the Company's
Consolidated  Statements of Financial Condition and the Consolidated  Statements
of Income for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, and reflects the
average  yield  on  assets  and  average  cost of  liabilities  for the  periods
indicated.  Such yields and costs are  derived by dividing  income or expense by
the  average  balance of assets or  liabilities,  respectively,  for the periods
shown.  Average  balances are derived from average  daily  balances.  The yields
include amortization of fees that are considered adjustments to yields.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                     1998                           1997                           1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Average                         Average                        Average
                                        Average               Yield/    Average               Yield/    Average              Yield/
                                        Balance    Interest    Cost     Balance    Interest    Cost     Balance   Interest    Cost
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                      (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                  <C>              <C>          <C>          <C>     <C>         <C>          <C>     <C>        <C>        <C>  
ASSETS
Interest-earning assets:
  Mortgage loans, net(1)(2) .......   $  660,475   $56,810      8.60%   $491,834    $41,835      8.51%   $324,427   $28,940    8.92%
  Other loans, net(1)(2) ..........        3,275       376     11.48       2,268        227     10.01       1,997       221   11.07
                                      ------------------------------    -----------------------------    --------------------------
    Total loans, net ..............      663,750    57,186      8.62     494,102     42,062      8.51     326,424    29,161    8.93
                                      ------------------------------    -----------------------------    --------------------------
  Mortgage-backed securities ......      314,685    20,887      6.64     180,615     12,651      7.00     160,371    10,422    6.50
  Other securities ................       44,578     3,025      6.79     151,400     10,422      6.88     215,772    14,698    6.81
                                      ------------------------------    -----------------------------    --------------------------
    Total securities ..............      359,263    23,912      6.66     332,015     23,073      6.95     376,143    25,120    6.68
                                      ------------------------------    -----------------------------    --------------------------
  Interest-earning deposits
    and federal funds sold ........       31,752     1,748      5.51      30,871      1,731      5.61      14,414       780    5.41
                                      ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest-earning assets .....    1,054,765    82,846      7.85     856,988     66,866      7.80     716,981    55,061    7.68
                                                   -----------------                -----------------               ---------------
Non-interest-earning assets .......       52,945                          30,076                           36,736
                                      ----------                        --------                         --------
    Total assets ..................   $1,107,710                        $887,064                         $753,717
                                      ==========                        ========                         ========
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Deposits:
    Passbook accounts .............   $  202,291     5,549      2.74    $206,196      5,884      2.85    $214,843     6,142    2.86
    NOW accounts ..................       24,375       466      1.91      22,679        432      1.90      19,483       370    1.90
    Money market accounts .........       26,240       773      2.95      24,367        692      2.84      26,470       741    2.80
    Certificate of deposit accounts      376,787    21,128      5.61     342,898     19,487      5.68     296,867    16,848    5.68
    Mortgagors' escrow deposits ...        6,724        71      1.06       6,044         71      1.17       4,292        63    1.47
                                      ------------------------------    -----------------------------    --------------------------
    Total deposits ................      636,417    27,987      4.40     602,184     26,566      4.41     561,955    24,164    4.30
Other borrowed funds ..............      303,573    18,715      6.16     132,274      8,229      6.22      36,396     2,099    5.77
Other interest-bearing liabilities            --        --        --          --         --        --         457        39    8.53
                                      ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest-bearing liabilities       939,990    46,702      4.97     734,458     34,795      4.74     598,808    26,302    4.39
                                                   -----------------                -----------------               ---------------
Other liabilities(3) ..............       32,115                          19,570                           17,975
                                      ----------                        --------                         --------
    Total liabilities .............      972,105                         754,028                          616,783
Equity ............................      135,605                         133,036                          136,934
                                      ----------                        --------                         --------
    Total liabilities and equity ..   $1,107,710                        $887,064                         $753,717
                                      ==========                        ========                         ========
Net interest income/net interest                 
  rate spread(4) ..................                $36,144      2.88%               $32,071      3.06%              $28,759    3.29%
                                                   =================                =================               ===============
Net interest-earning assets/net
  interest margin(5) ..............   $  114,775                3.43%   $122,530                 3.74%   $118,173              4.01%
                                      ==========                ====    ========                 ====    ========              ==== 
Ratio of interest-earning assets
  to interest-bearing liabilities .                             1.12x                            1.17x                         1.20x
                                                                ====                             ====                          ==== 
</TABLE>

(1)  Average balances include non-accrual loans.

(2)  Loan interest  income includes loan fee income of  approximately  $969,000,
     $912,000 and $1.0 million for the years ended  December 31, 1998,  1997 and
     1996, respectively.

(3)  Includes non-interest-bearing demand deposit accounts.

(4)  Interest rate spread represents the difference  between the average rate on
     interest-earning   assets  and  the   average   cost  of   interest-bearing
     liabilities.

(5)  Net interest margin represents net interest income before the provision for
     loan  losses  divided  by  average  interest-earning  assets.   



                                                                              11
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


Rate/Volume Analysis

The following  table presents the impact of changes in interest rates and in the
volume  of  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities  on the
Company's  interest  income and interest  expense during the periods  indicated.
Information   is  provided  in  each   category  with  respect  to  (i)  changes
attributable  to changes in volume  (changes in volume  multiplied  by the prior
rate), (ii) changes  attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied
by the prior volume) and (iii) the net change.  The changes  attributable to the
combined  impact of volume and rate have been allocated  proportionately  to the
changes due to volume and the changes due to rate.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              Increase (Decrease) in Net Interest Income
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Year Ended December 31, 1998        Year Ended December 31, 1997
                                                                    Compared to Year Ended             Compared to Year Ended
                                                                       December 31, 1997                  December 31, 1996
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Due to                              Due to
                                                               --------------------                -------------------
                                                                Volume      Rate          Net       Volume       Rate         Net
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                            <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>     
Interest-Earning Assets
Mortgage loans, net ........................................   $ 14,351    $    624    $ 14,975    $ 14,933    $ (2,038)   $ 12,895
Other loans ................................................        101          48         149          30         (24)          6
Mortgage-backed securities .................................      9,385      (1,149)      8,236       1,316         913       2,229
Other securities ...........................................     (7,349)        (48)     (7,397)     (4,384)        108      (4,276)
Interest-earning deposits and federal funds sold ...........         49         (32)         17         890          61         951
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total interest-earning assets ............................     16,537        (557)     15,980      12,785        (980)     11,805
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
Deposits:
  Passbook accounts ........................................       (111)       (224)       (335)       (258)         --        (258)
  NOW accounts .............................................         32           2          34          62          --          62
  Money market accounts ....................................         53          28          81         (59)         10         (49)
  Certificate of deposit accounts ..........................      1,925        (284)      1,641       2,615          24       2,639
  Mortgagors' escrow deposits ..............................          8          (8)         --           8          --           8
Other borrowed funds .......................................     10,655        (169)     10,486       5,532         598       6,130
Other interest-bearing liabilities .........................         --          --          --         (39)         --         (39)
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total interest-bearing liabilities .......................     12,562        (655)     11,907       7,861         632       8,493
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Net change in net interest income ..........................   $  3,975    $     98    $  4,073    $  4,924    $ (1,612)   $  3,312
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

COMPARISON OF OPERATING RESULTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997

General. Net income increased $1.7 million to $10.2 million, or $0.98 per common
share,  for the year ended  December  31, 1998 from $8.5  million,  or $0.79 per
common share,  for the year ended December 31, 1997. This is due primarily to an
increase of $4.1 million in net  interest  income and an increase of $632,000 in
non-interest  income, which were partially offset by an increase of $3.7 million
in non-interest expense.

Interest  Income.  Interest income  increased $15.9 million,  or 23.9%, to $82.8
million for the year ended  December  31,  1998 from $66.9  million for the year
ended December 31, 1997. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $15.1
million in interest and fees on loans during 1998 and an increase of $839,000 in
interest and  dividends on investment  securities.  The increase in interest and
fee income from loans reflects a $169.6 million  increase in the average balance
of loans to $663.8  million  during 1998,  and an eleven basis point increase in
the yield on loans. The increase in interest and dividend income from investment
securities  reflects  a  $27.2  million  increase  in the  average  balances  of
investment  securities  during  1998  to  $359.3  million  which,  however,  was
partially  offset  by a 29  basis  point  decline  in the  yield  on  investment
securities. Other interest income remained constant at $1.7 million in both 1998
and 1997.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $11.9 million, or 34.2%, from $34.8
million for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $46.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 1998.  The increase in interest  expense is due to a $205.5 million
increase in the average balance of total interest-bearing  liabilities to $940.0
million   during  1998,   and  a  23  basis  point   increase  in  the  cost  of
interest-bearing  liabilities.  The increase in the average  balance and cost of
funds  reflects  the  Bank's  use  of  higher  costing  FHLB-NY  advances  as an
alternative source of funding to leverage its highly capitalized balance sheet.



12
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


The average  balance for deposits  increased $34.2 million to $636.4 million for
1998 which,  however,  was partially  offset by a one basis point decline in the
cost of deposits to 4.40% for 1998.  The  increase in deposits  also  reflects a
shift in depositor  preferences from lower costing  passbook  accounts to higher
costing certificate of deposit accounts.  The average balance for borrowed funds
increased  $171.3  million  from $132.3  million for 1997 to $303.6  million for
1998,  the effect of which,  however,  was partially  offset by a decline in the
cost of borrowed  funds of six basis points to 6.16%  during 1998. 

NET INTEREST INCOME.

Net interest  income for the year ended December 31, 1998 totaled $36.1 million,
an increase  of $4.0  million  from $32.1  million  for 1997.  The net  interest
margin, however, declined 31 basis points from 3.74% for the year ended December
31, 1997 to 3.43% for the year ended  December 31, 1998.  This decline in margin
is the result of a 23 basis point  increase  in the  average  cost of funds from
4.74% for 1997 to 4.97% for 1998 as the Company increased  utilization of higher
costing  borrowed  funds to fund asset growth.  The increased  cost of funds was
partially  offset  by a five  basis  point  increase  in the  average  yield  of
interest-earning  assets,  primarily  a result  of an  increase  in the  average
balance of loans.  Despite the decline in margin,  net interest income increased
12.7% from 1997 to 1998 due to the higher  average  balance of  interest-earning
assets.

Provision  for Loan Losses.  Provision for loan losses for the year December 31,
1998 was $214,000 as compared to $104,000 for the year ended  December 31, 1997.
In assessing the adequacy of the Company's allowance for loan losses, management
considers the Company's  historical  loss  experience,  recent trends in losses,
collection  policies  and  collection  experience,   trends  in  the  volume  of
non-performing  loans,  changes in the  composition and volume of the gross loan
portfolio,   and  local  and  national   economic   conditions.   The  ratio  of
non-performing  loans to gross loans improved to 0.34% at December 31, 1998 from
0.41% at December 31,  1997.  The  allowance  for loan losses as  percentage  of
non-performing  loans was 260.36%  and  263.38% at  December  31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.  The ratio of  allowance  for loan losses to gross loans was 0.89%
and 1.07% at December 31, 1998 and 1997,  respectively.  The Company experienced
net  recoveries of $74,000 in 1998 while in the year ended December 31, 1997 the
Company incurred net charge-offs of $46,000.

Non-Interest  Income.  Non-interest  income for the year ended December 31, 1998
totaled $3.3 million, an increase of $632,000,  or 23.7%, from the 1997 level of
$2.7  million.  The  increase  is due  primarily  to  increased  fee income from
mortgage and banking  services,  increased  gains on sales of securities and the
guaranteed  portion of Small Business  Administration  loans, and an increase in
dividends on FHLB-NY  stock.  The year ended December 31, 1997 also included the
receipt of $436,000 associated with settlements of contract disputes.

Non-Interest Expense.  Non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 1998
totaled $23.0 million,  representing an increase of $3.7 million,  or 19.1% from
the year ended December 31, 1997. This increase is primarily attributable to the
full  year  impact  of the  acquisition  of New  York  Federal  Savings  Bank in
September 1997.  Salaries and professional  services expense  increased a net of
$2.6  million,  which  included  $1.5  million of expenses  associated  with the
planned  retirement  of a senior  executive  and one-time  payouts under certain
employees'  employment  agreements.  Despite the increased costs, the efficiency
ratio improved to 53.4% for 1998 compared to 53.9% for 1997.

Income Tax  Provisions.  Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 1998
totaled $6.0 million,  compared to $6.8 million for the year ended  December 31,
1997.  This  represents a decline of 7.2% in the effective tax rate of 44.3% for
the year ended  December 31, 1997 to 37.1% for the year ended December 31, 1998.
This decline reflects the ancillary  benefit of the Bank's  implementation  of a
real estate investment trust in November of 1997.

COMPARISON OF OPERATING RESULTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

General.  Net income increased $1.8 million to $8.5 million, or $0.79 per common
share,  for the year ended  December  31, 1997 from $6.7  million,  or $0.57 per
common share, for the year ended December 31, 1996. This was due primarily to an
increase of $3.3 million in net interest income, partially offset by an increase
of $1.8 million in non-interest expense.

Interest  Income.  Interest income  increased $11.8 million,  or 21.4%, to $66.9
million for the year ended  December  31,  1997 from $55.1  million for the year
ended December 31, 1996. This increase was primarily due to an additional  $12.9
million in  interest  and fees on loans  during  1997,  offset in part by a $2.0
million  decrease  in interest  and  dividends  on  investment  securities.  The
increase  in interest  and fee income from loans was a result of higher  average
loan balances which  increased from $326.4 million for 1996 to $494.1 million in
1997. The decline in interest and dividend income from investment securities was
the result of a $44.1  million  dollar  decline in the  average  balances of the
investment  securities  during 1997 as compared to 1996.  Other interest  income
also  increased  by $1.0  million due to an  increase in the average  balance of
federal funds sold.



                                                                              13
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


Interest Expense.  Interest expense increased $8.5 million, or 32.3%, from $26.3
million for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $34.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997. The increase in interest expense was due primarily to a $95.9
million  increase in the average  balances of borrowed  funds from $36.4 million
for 1996 to $132.3  million for 1997.  The Company also  increased  its usage of
FHLB-NY  advances as an  alternative  source of funding to  leverage  its highly
capitalized  balance  sheet.  The increase in the average  balances for deposits
from $557.7 million for 1996 to $596.1 million for 1997 also  contributed to the
increase in interest expense. The increase in deposits also reflected a shift in
depositor  preferences  from lower costing passbook and money market accounts to
higher  costing  certificate  of deposit  accounts. 

Net Interest  Income.  Net interest  income for the year ended December 31, 1997
totaled $32.1 million, an increase of $3.3 million from 1996 net interest income
of $28.8 million.  Net interest margin,  however,  declined 27 basis points from
4.01% for the year ended  December 31, 1996 to 3.74% for the year ended December
31, 1997.  This decline in margin was the result of a 35 basis point increase in
the  average  cost of funds from 4.39% for 1996 to 4.74% for 1997 as the Company
increased utilization of borrowed funds and interest rates on deposits increased
due to the shift in deposit mix. Partially offsetting this decline in margin was
a 12 basis  point  increase  in the average  yield of  interest-earning  assets,
primarily as a result of an increase in multi-family  and commercial real estate
loans. Interest rate spread also declined by 23 basis points from 3.29% for 1996
to 3.06% for 1997.  Despite  this  decline in margin and  spread,  net  interest
income increased 11.5% from 1996 to 1997 due to the increased loan volume.

Provision for Loan Losses. Provision for loan losses for the year ended December
31, 1997 was  $104,000 as compared to $418,000  for the year ended  December 31,
1996.  In assessing  the adequacy of the  Company's  allowance  for loan losses,
management considers the Company's historical loss experience,  recent trends in
losses,  collection policies and collection experience,  trends in the volume of
non-performing  loans,  changes in the  composition and volume of the gross loan
portfolio, local and national economic conditions, overall portfolio quality and
review of specific problem loans. As a result of sales of non-performing assets,
which reduced the total volume of non-performing  loans held by the Company, the
ratio of non-performing loans to gross loans improved from 0.62% at December 31,
1996 to 0.41%  December  31,  1997.  Also as a result  of the  reduction  in the
overall level of non-performing  loans, the Company's  allowance for loan losses
as percentage of  non-performing  loans increased from 225.79% December 31, 1996
to 263.38% at December 31, 1997. The ratio of allowance for loan losses to gross
loans was  1.07% and 1.39% at  December  31,  1997 and 1996,  respectively.  Net
charge-offs declined $266,000 from $312,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996
to $46,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997.

Non-Interest  Income.  Non-interest  income for the year ended December 31, 1997
totaled $2.7 million, an increase of $914,000 from 1996 levels. The increase was
due to a planned  increase  in loan and other fees and the  receipt of  $436,000
associated with settlements of contract disputes, offset in part by a decline in
gain on sales of securities.

Non-Interest Expense.  Non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 1997
totaled $19.3  million,  representing  an increase of $1.8 million from the year
ended  December  31,  1996.  This  increase was  primarily  attributable  to the
acquisition of New York Federal in September 1997, and by a onetime  recovery of
a provision  for deposits at Nationar in 1996 of  $660,000.  The effect of these
factors was offset in part by a $430,000 decline in professional service expense
and a $592,000 decline in data-processing  expense as the Company converted to a
new data processor in 1997.

Income Tax  Provisions.  Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 1997
totaled $6.8  million,  as compared to $5.8 million for the year ended  December
31, 1996.  This  represents a decline of 2.1% in the effective tax rate of 46.4%
for the year ended  December  31, 1996 to 44.3% for the year ended  December 31,
1997. This decline reflects the ancillary  benefit of the Bank's  implementation
of a real estate investment trust in November of 1997.

LIQUIDITY,  REGULATORY CAPITAL AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The Company's primary sources of funds are deposits,  borrowings,  principal and
interest payments on loans, mortgage-backed and other securities,  proceeds from
sales of  securities  and,  to a lesser  extent,  proceeds  from sales of loans.
Deposit  flows and mortgage  prepayments,  however,  are greatly  influenced  by
general interest rates,  economic  conditions and  competition.  At December 31,
1998, the Bank had an over-night line of credit of  approximately  $46.2 million
with the FHLB-NY.  In total,  as of December 31, 1998, the Bank may borrow up to
$280.3  million  from the FHLB-NY in Federal Home Loan  advances and  over-night
lines of credit.  As of December 31, 1998, the Bank had borrowed  $215.5 million
in FHLB-NY  advances.  There was no  over-night  line of credit  outstanding  at
December  31,  1998.  In  addition,  the  Bank had  $120.0  million  in  reverse
repurchase   agreements   with  the  FHLB-NY  to  fund  lending  and  investment
opportunities. (See Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)


14
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


Pursuant  to OTS  regulations  regarding  liquidity  requirements,  the  Bank is
required  to maintain  an average  daily  balance of liquid  assets  (cash,  and
certain   securities  with  detailed  maturity   limitations  and  marketability
requirements) equal to a monthly average of not less than a specified percentage
of its net withdrawable deposit accounts plus short-term borrowings. The OTS may
vary the amount of the  liquidity  requirement  by  regulation,  but only within
pre-established statutory limits of no less than 4% and no greater than 10%. For
the greater part of 1997, OTS  regulation  set the liquidity  requirement at 5%,
with a 1% short  term  liquidity  requirement.  Amendments  to OTS  regulations,
effective November 27, 1997, reduced the liquidity requirement from 5% to 4% and
removed the 1% short term liquidity requirement.  In addition,  these amendments
eliminated the  requirement  that  obligations of FNMA, GNMA and FHLMC must have
five years or less  remaining  until  maturity to qualify as a liquid asset.  At
December 31, 1998 and 1997 the Bank's  liquidity  ratio,  computed in accordance
with the OTS requirement, was 18.28% and 24.53%, respectively.  Unlike the Bank,
the  Holding  Company  is not  subject  to OTS  regulatory  requirements  on the
maintenance of minimum levels of liquid assets. 

The Company's  most liquid assets are cash and cash  equivalents,  which include
cash and due from banks, overnight  interest-earning  deposits and federal funds
sold with original  maturities of 90 days or less.  The level of these assets is
dependent  on  the  Company's  operating,   financing,   lending  and  investing
activities  during  any  given  period.  At  December  31,  1998,  cash and cash
equivalents totaled $22.7 million, a decrease of $67.6 million from December 31,
1997.  The Company also held  marketable  securities  available  for sale with a
carrying value of $326.7 million at December 31, 1998.

At December 31, 1998,  the Company had  outstanding  loan  commitments  of $42.5
million,  open lines of credit for borrowers of $2.7 million and  commitments to
purchase  mortgage  loans of $6.6  million.  The  Company's  total  interest and
operating  expenses in 1998 were $46.7 million and $23.0 million,  respectively.
Certificates  of deposit  accounts  which are scheduled to mature in one year or
less as of December 31, 1998 totaled $252.6 million.

During 1998, funds provided by the Company's  operating  activities  amounted to
$19.9 million.  These funds,  together with $39.7 million  provided by financing
activities  and $90.4  million  available  at the  beginning  of the year,  were
utilized  to  fund  net  investing  activities  of  $127.2  million.   Financing
activities  were  primarily   provided  by  FHLB-NY   borrowings  with  original
maturities greater than one year and reverse repurchase  agreements.  Additional
funds were provided by principal payments and calls on loans and securities. The
primary  investment  activity of the Company is the  origination and purchase of
loans, and the purchase of mortgage-backed securities. During 1998, the Bank had
loan  originations  of $223.0  million  and  purchased  $27.2  million of loans.
Further,  during 1998, the Company  purchased $251.6 million of  mortgage-backed
and other securities.

At the time of the Bank's  conversion from a federally  chartered mutual savings
bank to a federally  chartered  stock savings bank, the Bank was required by the
OTS to  establish a  liquidation  account  which is reduced as and to the extent
that eligible account holders reduce their qualifying  deposits.  The balance of
the liquidation  account at December 31, 1998 was $12.4 million. In the unlikely
event of a complete  liquidation of the Bank, each eligible  account holder will
be entitled to receive a distribution from the liquidation  account. The Bank is
not permitted to declare or pay a dividend or to  repurchase  any of its capital
stock if the  effect  would be to cause  the  Bank's  regulatory  capital  to be
reduced below the amount required for the liquidation account.  Unlike the Bank,
the  Holding  Company  is not  subject  to OTS  regulatory  restrictions  on the
declaration or payment of dividends to its stockholders,  although the source of
such  dividends  could depend upon dividend  payments from the Bank. The Holding
Company  is  subject,  however,  to the  requirements  of  Delaware  law,  which
generally  limit  dividends  to an amount  equal to the excess of its net assets
(the amount by which total  assets  exceed  total  liabilities)  over its stated
capital  or, if there is no such  excess,  to its net  profits  for the  current
and/or immediately preceding fiscal year.

Regulatory Capital Position. Under OTS capital regulations, the Bank is required
to comply  with each of three  separate  capital  adequacy  standards:  tangible
capital,  core capital and total risk-based  capital.  Such  classifications are
used by the OTS and other bank regulatory  agencies to determine matters ranging
from each institution's  semi-annual FDIC deposit insurance premium assessments,
to approvals of applications  authorizing  institutions to grow their asset size
or otherwise expand business activities. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Bank
exceeded each of the three OTS capital  requirements.  (See Note 13 of the Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

INTEREST RATE RISK 

The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  have been prepared in accordance  with
generally  accepted   accounting   principles   ("GAAP"),   which  requires  the
measurement of financial  position and operating  results in terms of historical
dollars  without  considering  the changes in fair value of  investments  due to
changes  in  interest  rate  risk.  Generally,   the  fair  value  of  financial
investments  such as loans and securities  fluctuates  inversely with changes in
interest  rates.  As a result,  increases  in  interest  rates  could  result in
decreases in the fair value of the Company's interest-earning assets which could
adversely affect the Company's results of operations if sold, or, in the case of
securities classified as available for sale, the Company's  stockholders' equity
if retained.



                                                                              15
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


The Company  manages  the mix of  interest-earning  assets and  interest-bearing
liabilities on a continuous  basis to maximize  return and adjust risk exposure.
On a quarterly basis, management prepares the "Earnings and Economic Exposure to
Changes  In  Interest  Rate"  report for  review by the Board of  Directors,  as
summarized  below.  This report quantifies the potential changes in net interest
income and net portfolio value should interest rates go up or down (shocked) 400
basis  points,  assuming the yield curves of the rate shocks will be parallel to
each other.  Net portfolio  value is defined as  interest-earning  assets net of
interest-bearing  liabilities.  All changes in income and value are  measured as
percentage  changes from the  projected  net interest  income and net  portfolio
value at the base  interest  rate  scenario.  The base  interest  rate  scenario
assumes  interest  rates at December  31, 1998 and various  estimates  regarding
prepayment  and call  activities  are made at each level of rate  shock.  Actual
results could differ  significantly from these estimates.  The Company's current
interest  rate  exposure  is  within  the  guidelines  set forth by the Board of
Directors,  with the  exceptions of the plus 200, 300 and 400 basis points which
exceed the guidelines of minus 30.00%, minus 45.00% and minus 60%, respectively.
These  exceptions have been reviewed with the Board of Directors.  Management is
taking steps to bring these exposures within the guidelines.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Projected Percentage Change In 
                                                   -------------------------------------------
Change in Interest Rate                            Net Interest Income     Net Portfolio Value
==============================================================================================
<S>                                                      <C>                     <C>   
- -400 Basis Points .........................              6.00%                   31.00%
- -300 Basis Points .........................              5.00                    22.00
- -200 Basis Points .........................              3.00                    14.00
- -100 Basis Points .........................              1.00                     7.00
Base Interest Rate ........................                --                       --
+100 Basis Points .........................             -4.00                   -16.00
+200 Basis Points .........................            -11.00                   -34.00
+300 Basis Points .........................            -18.00                   -52.00
+400 Basis Points .........................            -25.00                   -68.00
</TABLE>

IMPACT OF NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

In  June  of  1998,  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  133,  "Accounting  for  Derivative
Instruments  and Hedging  Activities",  which  amends  SFAS No. 52 and 107,  and
supercedes FASB Statements No. 80, 105 and 119. This  Pronouncement is effective
for all fiscal  quarters of fiscal years  beginning  after June 15,  1999.  This
Statement  requires  the  recognition  of all  derivatives  as either  assets or
liabilities in the statement of financial  position and the measurement of these
derivatives  at fair value.  Adoption of this  Pronouncement  is not expected to
have a  material  impact on the  Company's  financial  position  or  results  of
operations.

In October of 1998, FASB issued SFAS No. 134,  "Accounting  for  Mortgage-Backed
Securities  Retained after the Securitization of Mortgage Loans Held for Sale by
a Mortgage Banking Enterprise",  an amendment of SFAS No. 65. This Pronouncement
amends SFAS No. 65 to permit  classification as trading,  available for sale, or
held to maturity mortgage-backed securities retained after the securitization of
mortgage  loans held for sale.  SFAS No. 134 is  effective  for the first fiscal
quarter beginning after December 15, 1998. Adoption of this Pronouncement is not
expected  to have a  material  impact on the  Company's  financial  position  or
results of operations.

OTHER TRENDS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company's  net interest rate margin  declined 31 basis points from 3.74% for
the year ended  December 31, 1997 to 3.43% for the year ended December 31, 1998.
This decline was due primarily to a 23 basis point  increase in the average cost
of deposits  and  borrowings  as the  Company  increased  utilization  of higher
costing borrowed funds to fund balance sheet growth. The increased cost of funds
was  partially  offset by a five basis point  increase in average yield on loans
and other investments and the higher average balance of interest-earning assets.

Comparing  1998 to 1997,  the  Company  experienced  an  increase in the average
balance of  deposits  of $34.2  million,  of which  $33.9  million was in higher
costing certificates of deposits. The Company seeks to maintain its certificates
of deposit at competitive rates. Starting in 1996, the Company had increased its
utilization of FHLB-NY  advances as an alternative  source of funding.  Borrowed
funds averaged $303.6 million for 1998 with an average cost of 6.16% as compared
to an average  balance of $132.3 million for 1997 with an average cost of 6.22%.
These trends  contributed to the increase in the Company's average cost of funds
from  4.74% for the year  ended  December  31,  1997 to 4.97% for the year ended
December  31,  1998.  A  continuation  of these trends could result in a further
increase in the  Company's  cost of funds and a narrowing of the  Company's  net
interest margin.

16
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

The Company utilizes and is dependent upon data processing  systems and software
to conduct its business.  The data processing systems and software include those
developed and maintained by the Company's third party data  processing  vendors,
and purchased software operating on in-house computer networks. As the year 2000
approaches,  a  critical  business  issue has  emerged  regarding  how  existing
software,  such as application programs and operating systems,  will accommodate
the year 2000 date value.  In the past,  such software was  programmed to assume
that all year values begin with "19". In response to this business concern,  the
Company  established,  in 1997,  a Year 2000 Task Force  ("Y2K  Task  Force") to
evaluate whether its computer  systems will function  properly in the year 2000,
and report to the Board of Directors on a monthly basis. With the implementation
of the Y2K Task  Force,  actions  were taken to remedy the  Company's  year 2000
problems and management  expects  internal  systems to be year 2000 compliant by
March  31,  1999.  However,  given  the  inherent  uncertainty  in the year 2000
problem,  there can be no assurances  that the Company will meet its target date
for compliance. The Company plans to continue monitoring its year 2000 readiness
until the year  2000.  

Since its  formation,  the Y2K Task Force has  contacted  parties with which the
Company has material  relationships,  including  the Company's  data  processing
vendors, and software suppliers to determine whether the systems used, or relied
upon,  by the  Company  are  year  2000  compliant,  and if  not to  assess  the
corrective  steps being taken. The Company has also contacted all borrowers with
loan balances  outstanding in excess of two million  dollars to assess the state
of each such  party's  year 2000  readiness,  and is  currently  awaiting  their
response for assessment.  The Company's investment securities  portfolio,  which
amounted to 28.6% of total assets at December 31,  1998,  consists  primarily of
U.S.  government  securities or U.S.  government  agency backed  mortgage-backed
securities.  Although  the Company is  attempting  to monitor and  evaluate  the
efforts of these other parties, it cannot control the success of their efforts.

The  Company's  data  processing  vendors and the majority of other vendors have
indicated that their hardware  and/or software is or will be year 2000 compliant
prior to the date change.  The  Company's  in-house  systems for which year 2000
compliance  could not be assured are being replaced.  Assessment and testing for
year  2000  compliance  has  been  performed  on  in-house  systems  and for the
Company's third party data processing vendors.  The anticipated costs to upgrade
various  in-house  equipment is  approximately  $100,000,  of which  $48,000 has
already  been  expensed.  These costs  consist  primarily  of  software  version
upgrades.  The  foregoing  estimate  of costs  does not  include  the time  that
internal  staff is  devoting  to testing and  monitoring  year 2000  compliance,
although these  activities are not expected to involve  significant  incremental
cost.  Based on  compliance  efforts  and testing  through  December  31,  1998,
management  does not  believe  that  costs of year 2000  compliance  will have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  consolidated  financial  condition,
results of operations, or cash flow.

The Company is also  dependent in its business upon the  availability  of public
utilities,  including  communications  and power  services.  The Company  cannot
predict  the year 2000  readiness  of such  utilities  or the  outcome  of their
remediation efforts.

The Company believes that the most reasonably likely worst case scenario, should
the  Company's  in-house and third party  vendor  systems not meet the year 2000
compliance,  would be an inability to process  banking  transactions,  calculate
investment  yields  and  costs,  send and  receive  electronic  data with  third
parties,  or engage in similar normal  business  activities.  Should the Company
need to manually  calculate  and complete  transactions,  assuming a doubling in
manpower,  the cost of alternative  methods of doing business is projected to be
approximately $250,000 in additional expenses per month.

Management  believes that a more likely scenario,  if the Company's  systems are
not year 2000  compliant,  would be a  temporary  disruption  of  service to its
customers.  The  Company is of the  opinion  that its  contingency  plans  would
mitigate the long-term effect of such a scenario and that a temporary disruption
would  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  its  consolidated  financial
condition, results of operations or cash flow.

In the unanticipated event that the Company experiences a disruption of service,
the Company has developed contingency plans that management believes will combat
the unavailability of each mission critical system, including the identification
of  reasonable  substitutes  for the  functions of such  systems.  Some of these
contingency plans have already been in place for  unanticipated  data processing
vendor downtime that occurs during the normal course of business.

The discussion above of the Company's  efforts,  and management's  expectations,
relating to year 2000 compliance are forward-looking statements, which are based
on management's best estimate of various factors involving numerous assumptions.
The  Company's  ability  to  achieve  year  2000  compliance  and the  level  of
incremental  costs  associated  therewith could be adversely  impacted by, among
other things,  the availability  and cost of programming and testing  resources,
vendors' ability to modify  proprietary  software,  and  unanticipated  problems
identified in the ongoing compliance review.



                                                                              17
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
December 31,                                                                                           1998                1997
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           (Dollars in thousands, except share data)
<S>                                                                                                  <C>                <C>        
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks ......................................................................       $    11,934        $     8,258
Federal funds sold and overnight interest-earning deposits ...................................            10,800             82,094
Securities available for sale:
  Mortgage-backed securities .................................................................           302,421            217,110
  Other securities ...........................................................................            24,269            139,602
Loans ........................................................................................           757,317            604,895
  Less: Allowance for loan losses ............................................................            (6,762)            (6,474)
                                                                                                     ------------------------------
  Net loans ..................................................................................           750,555            598,421
Interest and dividends receivable ............................................................             7,120              9,282
Real estate owned, net .......................................................................                77                433
Bank premises and equipment, net .............................................................             6,441              6,493
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock .....................................................            17,320             14,356
Goodwill .....................................................................................             5,004              5,370
Other assets .................................................................................             6,114              7,057
                                                                                                     ------------------------------
  Total assets ...............................................................................       $ 1,142,055        $ 1,088,476
                                                                                                     ==============================

LIABILITIES
Due to depositors:
  Non-interest-bearing .......................................................................       $    27,505        $    19,263
  Interest-bearing ...........................................................................           629,991            631,748
Mortgagors' escrow deposits ..................................................................             6,563              4,900
Borrowed funds ...............................................................................           335,458            287,187
Other liabilities ............................................................................            10,451              8,935
                                                                                                     ------------------------------
  Total liabilities ..........................................................................         1,009,968            952,033
                                                                                                     ------------------------------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock, ($0.01 par value,  authorized 5,000,000 shares; none issued)                                 --                 --
Common stock, ($0.01 par value, authorized 20,000,000 shares;
  11,355,678 and 12,842,410 shares issued at December 31, 1998 and 1997,
  respectively; 10,898,805 and 11,796,930 shares outstanding
  at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively) ...............................................               114                 89
Additional paid-in capital ...................................................................            75,452            101,717
Treasury stock, at average cost (456,873 and 1,045,480 shares at
  December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively) ..................................................            (6,949)           (19,666)
Unearned compensation ........................................................................            (9,332)           (10,922)
Retained earnings ............................................................................            71,460             63,766
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes .........................................             1,342              1,459
                                                                                                     ------------------------------
  Total stockholders' equity .................................................................           132,087            136,443
                                                                                                     ------------------------------
  Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .................................................       $ 1,142,055        $ 1,088,476
                                                                                                     ==============================
</TABLE>

The  accompanying  notes are an integral  part of these  consolidated  financial
statements.


18
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                                        1998               1997               1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           (In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                                                                    <C>               <C>               <C>     
INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME
Interest and fees on loans ..................................................          $ 57,186          $ 42,062          $ 29,162
Interest and dividends on securities:
  Taxable interest ..........................................................            23,670            22,779            24,708
  Tax-exempt interest .......................................................                18                47                63
  Dividends .................................................................               224               247               348
Other interest income .......................................................             1,748             1,731               780
                                                                                       --------------------------------------------
  Total interest and dividend income ........................................            82,846            66,866            55,061
                                                                                       --------------------------------------------
INTEREST EXPENSE
Deposits ....................................................................            27,987            26,566            24,164
Other interest expense ......................................................            18,715             8,229             2,138
                                                                                       --------------------------------------------
  Total interest expense ....................................................            46,702            34,795            26,302
                                                                                       --------------------------------------------
    Net interest income .....................................................            36,144            32,071            28,759
Provision for loan losses ...................................................               214               104               418
                                                                                       --------------------------------------------
    Net interest income after provision for loan losses .....................            35,930            31,967            28,341
                                                                                       --------------------------------------------
NON-INTEREST INCOME
Other fee income ............................................................             1,386             1,190               763
Net gain on sales of securities and loans ...................................               368                67               126
Other income ................................................................             1,541             1,406               860
                                                                                       --------------------------------------------
  Total non-interest income .................................................             3,295             2,663             1,749
                                                                                       --------------------------------------------
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
Salaries and employee benefits ..............................................            12,454            10,213             8,214
Occupancy and equipment .....................................................             1,943             1,908             2,093
Professional services .......................................................             1,943             1,583             2,013
Federal deposit insurance premiums ..........................................               102                87                 2
Data processing .............................................................             1,231               873             1,465
Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment .....................               984               804               956
Real estate owned expenses, net .............................................                98               109               318
Recovery for deposits at Nationar ...........................................                --                --              (660)
Other operating .............................................................             4,268             3,747             3,163
                                                                                       --------------------------------------------
  Total non-interest expense ................................................            23,023            19,324            17,564
                                                                                       --------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes ..................................................            16,202            15,306            12,526
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
Federal .....................................................................             5,044             4,491             3,540
State and local .............................................................               968             2,284             2,271
                                                                                       --------------------------------------------
  Total provision for income taxes ..........................................             6,012             6,775             5,811
                                                                                       --------------------------------------------
Net income ..................................................................          $ 10,190          $  8,531          $  6,715
                                                                                       ============================================
Basic earnings per share ....................................................          $   1.00          $   0.80          $   0.57
Diluted earnings per share ..................................................          $   0.98          $   0.79          $   0.57
</TABLE>

The  accompanying  notes are an integral  part of these  consolidated  financial
statements.

                                                                              19
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                                               1998          1997            1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               (In thousands, except share data)
<S>                                                                                         <C>            <C>            <C>      
COMMON STOCK
Balance, beginning of year ............................................................     $      89      $      89      $      86
Restricted stock awards of 427,650 shares .............................................            --             --              3
Stock dividend (3,785,168 shares, 1,339,590 shares funded
  from Treasury) ......................................................................            25             --             --
                                                                                            ---------------------------------------
  Balance, end of year ................................................................     $     114      $      89      $      89
                                                                                            =======================================
ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL                                                 
Balance, beginning of year ............................................................     $ 101,717      $ 101,278      $  96,515
Stock dividend ........................................................................       (26,914)            --             --
Release of shares from Employee Benefit Trust (29,220,  27,060 and 30,987 shares
  for the years ended
  December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively) .....................................           238            204            134
Restricted stock awards ( 45,750 and 447,600 shares for the years
  ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively) .....................................            --            104          4,629
Tax benefit of unearned compensation ..................................................           411            131             --
                                                                                            ---------------------------------------
  Balance, end of year ................................................................     $  75,452      $ 101,717      $ 101,278
                                                                                            =======================================
TREASURY STOCK
Balance, beginning of year ............................................................     $ (19,666)     $ (12,065)     $      --
Purchases of common shares outstanding (757,146, 420,477
  and 667,653 shares for the years ended December 31, 1998,
  1997 and 1996, respectively) ........................................................       (14,239)        (8,247)       (12,223)
Stock dividend ........................................................................        26,889             --             --
Restricted stock award forfeitures (20,900, 3,300 and 5,250 shares
  for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively) .................          (410)           (54)           (85)
Restricted stock awards (25,000, 30,500 and 13,300 shares for the
  years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively) .........................           520            560            243
Repurchase of restricted stock awards (21,112 shares) .................................          (484)            --             --
Options exercised (23,175, and 7,400 shares for the years ended
  December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively) ...........................................           441            140             --
                                                                                            ---------------------------------------
  Balance, end of year ................................................................     $  (6,949)     $ (19,666)     $ (12,065)
                                                                                            =======================================
UNEARNED COMPENSATION
Balance, beginning of year ............................................................     $ (10,922)     $ (11,660)     $  (7,681)
Release of shares from Employee Benefit Trust (29,220,  27,060 and 30,987 shares
  for the year ended
  December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively) .....................................           248            240            238
Restricted stock awards (25,000, 45,750 and 447,600 shares for the
  years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively) .........................          (470)          (665)        (4,875)
Restricted stock award forfeitures (20,900, 4,950 and 7,875 shares
  for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively) .................           410             54             85
Restricted stock award expense ........................................................         1,402          1,109            573
                                                                                            ---------------------------------------
  Balance, end of year ................................................................     $  (9,332)     $ (10,922)     $ (11,660)
                                                                                            =======================================
</TABLE>

                                                                       Continued


20
<PAGE>
Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                                               1998          1997            1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               (In thousands, except share data)
<S>                                                                                         <C>            <C>            <C>      
RETAINED EARNINGS
Balance, beginning of year ............................................................     $  63,766      $  56,869      $  50,777
Net income ............................................................................        10,190          8,531          6,715
Stock options exercised (23,175 and 11,100 shares for the years ended
  December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively) ...........................................           (66)           (19)            --
Restricted stock awards (25,000 shares) ...............................................           (50)            --             --
Cash dividends declared and paid ......................................................        (2,380)        (1,615)          (623)
                                                                                            ---------------------------------------
  Balance, end of year ................................................................     $  71,460      $  63,766      $  56,869
                                                                                            =======================================
ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME, NET OF TAXES
Balance, beginning of year ............................................................     $   1,459      $  (1,230)     $   1,633
Change in net unrealized gain (loss), net of taxes of approximately $(38),
  $2,290 and $(2,385) for the years ended December 31, 1998,
  1997 and 1996, respectively, on securities available for sale .......................           (52)         2,717         (2,795)
Less: Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income,
  net of taxes of approximately $37, $24 and $58 for the years ended
  December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively ......................................           (65)           (28)           (68)
                                                                                            ---------------------------------------
  Balance, end of year ................................................................     $   1,342      $   1,459      $  (1,230)
                                                                                            =======================================
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY ............................................................     $ 132,087      $ 136,443      $ 133,281
                                                                                            =======================================
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Net income ............................................................................     $  10,190      $   8,531      $   6,715
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
  Unrealized gains (losses) on securities .............................................          (117)         2,689         (2,863)
                                                                                            ---------------------------------------
Comprehensive income ..................................................................     $  10,073      $  11,220      $   3,852
                                                                                            =======================================
</TABLE>

The  accompanying  notes are an integral  part of these  consolidated  financial
statements.


                                                                              21
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries 

Consolidated Statements  of Cash  Flow

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                                              1998            1997            1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                         (In thousands)  
<S>                                                                                         <C>            <C>            <C>      
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income ............................................................................     $  10,190      $   8,531      $   6,715
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
  Provision for loan losses ...........................................................           214            104            418
  Provision for losses on real estate owned ...........................................            33             --            150
  Recovery for deposits at Nationar ...................................................            --             --           (660)
  Depreciation and amortization of bank premises and equipment ........................           984            804            956
  Amortization of goodwill ............................................................           366            122             --
  Net (gain) loss on sales of securities ..............................................          (102)           (52)          (126)
  Net gain on sales of loans ..........................................................          (266)           (15)            --
  Net loss (gain) on sales of real estate owned .......................................            14            109            (72)
  Amortization of unearned premium, net of accretion of unearned discount .............         2,315            653          1,188
  Amortization of deferred income .....................................................          (832)          (858)          (933)
  Deferred income tax (benefit) provision .............................................           523           (155)           (42)
  Deferred compensation ...............................................................           210            164            174
Changes in other assets and liabilities ...............................................         4,392           (748)         4,443
Unearned compensation .................................................................         1,888          1,029            945
                                                                                            ---------------------------------------
Net cash provided by operating activities .............................................        19,929          9,688         13,156
                                                                                            ---------------------------------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of bank premises and equipment ..............................................          (932)        (1,501)          (638)
Purchases of Federal Home Loan Bank shares ............................................        (2,964)        (8,938)            --
Purchases of securities available for sale ............................................      (251,575)      (168,527)      (141,594)
Proceeds from sales and calls of securities available for sale ........................       186,370        108,060        128,355
Proceeds from maturities and prepayments of securities available for sale .............        93,010         40,198         55,432
Net originations and repayments of loans ..............................................      (123,743)       (91,786)       (63,965)
Purchases of loans ....................................................................       (28,020)      (124,988)       (39,873)
Proceeds from sales of real estate owned ..............................................           616            489          1,462
Acquisition of New York Federal, net of cash and cash equivalents .....................            --         (5,171)            --
                                                                                            ---------------------------------------
Net cash used in investing activities .................................................      (127,238)      (252,164)       (60,821)
                                                                                            ---------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                                                       Continued
22
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                                              1998            1997            1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                         (In thousands)  
<S>                                                                                         <C>            <C>            <C>      
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net increase (decrease) in non-interest-bearing deposits ..............................     $   8,242      $  11,797      $     (80)
Net (decrease) increase in interest-bearing deposits ..................................        (1,757)        60,985         23,727
Net increase (decrease) in mortgagors' escrow deposits ................................         1,663         (1,350)           968
Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowed funds ..................................       (30,000)         5,000         25,000
Increases in long-term borrowed funds .................................................        78,271        231,187         26,000
Purchases of treasury stock, net ......................................................       (14,348)        (7,601)       (12,223)
Cash dividends paid ...................................................................        (2,380)        (1,615)          (623)
                                                                                            ---------------------------------------
  Net cash provided by financing activities ...........................................        39,691        298,403         62,769
                                                                                            ---------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ..................................       (67,618)        55,927         15,104
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year ..........................................        90,352         34,425         19,321
                                                                                            ---------------------------------------
  Cash and cash equivalents, end of year ..............................................     $  22,734      $  90,352      $  34,425
                                                                                            ---------------------------------------
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURE
Interest paid .........................................................................     $  45,394      $  33,254      $  26,263
Income taxes paid .....................................................................         4,976          6,532          5,422
Non-cash activities:
  Loans originated as the result of real estate sales .................................            40            637            307
  Loans transferred through the foreclosure of a related mortgage
    loan to real estate owned .........................................................           420            374          1,262
</TABLE>

The  accompanying  notes are an integral  part of these  consolidated  financial
statements.

                                                                              23
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996

1.   Nature of Operations

Flushing  Financial  Corporation (the "Holding  Company"),  a Delaware  business
corporation, is a savings and loan holding company organized at the direction of
its subsidiary,  Flushing Savings Bank, FSB (the "Bank"), in connection with the
Bank's  conversion  from a mutual to  capital  stock form of  organization.  The
Holding Company and its direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, the Bank,
Flushing  Preferred Funding  Corporation,  Flushing Service  Corporation and FSB
Properties,  Incorporated are collectively  herein referred to as the "Company".

The Company's  principal business is attracting retail deposits from the general
public  and  investing  those  deposits   together  with  funds  generated  from
operations  and  borrowings,  primarily  in (i)  originations  and  purchases of
one-to-four family  residential  mortgage loans,  multi-family  income-producing
property loans, and commercial real estate loans;  (ii) mortgage loan surrogates
such as mortgage-backed securities and; (iii) U.S. government and federal agency
securities,  corporate fixed-income  securities and other marketable securities.
To a lesser  extent,  the Company  originates  certain  other  loans,  including
construction  loans and Small Business  Administration  loans. The Bank conducts
its business  through  eight  full-service  banking  offices,  four of which are
located in Queens County,  two in Nassau County,  one in Kings County (Brooklyn)
and one in New York County (Manhattan), New York.

2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The accounting and reporting  policies of the Company follow generally  accepted
accounting  principles ("GAAP") and general practices  applicable to the banking
industry.  The  policies  which  materially  affect  the  determination  of  the
Company's  financial  position,   results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  are
summarized below. 

Principles of consolidation:

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include the  accounts of
Flushing  Financial  Corporation  and  its  wholly  direct  and  indirect  owned
subsidiaries,   the  Bank,  Flushing  Preferred  Funding  Corporation  ("FPFC"),
Flushing   Service   Corporation   ("FSC")  and  FSB  Properties,   Incorporated
("Properties").  FPFC is a real estate investment trust incorporated on November
5, 1997 to hold a portion of the Bank's  mortgage loans to facilitate  access to
capital markets.  FSC was formed to market insurance  products and mutual funds.
Properties  is an inactive  subsidiary  whose  purpose was to manage real estate
properties  and  joint  ventures.  All  significant  intercompany  accounts  and
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates:

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with GAAP  requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities,  and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the
reporting  period.  Actual  results could differ from these  estimates.  Certain
reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to the current
year presentation. 

Cash and cash equivalents:

For the purpose of reporting cash flows,  the Company  defines cash and due from
banks, overnight  interest-earning deposits and federal funds sold with original
maturities of 90 days or less as cash and cash equivalents.

Securities available for sale:

Securities are classified as available for sale when management  intends to hold
the  securities  for an indefinite  period of time or when the securities may be
utilized for tactical asset/liability purposes and may be sold from time to time
to effectively  manage interest rate exposure and resultant  prepayment risk and
liquidity needs. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted, respectively,
using  the  level-yield  method.  Realized  gains  and  losses  on the  sales of
securities are determined using the specific  identification method.  Unrealized
gains and losses on securities available for sale are excluded from earnings and
reported as accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes.

Unamortized loan origination fees:

The  portion  of  loan  origination  fees  that  exceeds  the  direct  costs  of
underwriting  and closing  loans is  deferred.  The  deferred  fees  received in
connection  with a loan are recognized as an adjustment of the loan's yield over
the shorter of the repricing  period or the contractual life of the related loan
by the interest method, which results in a constant rate of return.



24
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


Allowance for loan losses:

The  Company  maintains  an  allowance  for loan losses at an amount  which,  in
management's  judgment, is adequate to absorb estimated losses on existing loans
that may become uncollectible. Management's judgment in determining the adequacy
of the allowance is based on evaluations of the  collectibility  of loans.  This
evaluation  is  inherently   subjective  as  it  requires   estimates  that  are
susceptible  to significant  revisions as more  information  becomes  available.

Accrual  of income on loans:  

Interest on loans is  recognized as income when earned except to the extent that
the underlying  loan is deemed  doubtful of collection and placed on non-accrual
status.  Loans are generally placed on non-accrual  status when they become past
due in excess  of ninety  days as to  payment  of  principal  or  interest,  and
previously  accrued interest is reversed.  A non-accrual loan can be returned to
accrual status after the loan meets certain  criteria.  Subsequent cash payments
received on non-accrual loans that do not meet the criteria are applied first as
a reduction of principal until all principal is recovered and then  subsequently
to interest.

Real estate owned:

Real estate owned consists of property acquired by foreclosure. These properties
are carried at the lower of carrying  amount or fair value less estimated  costs
to sell (hereinafter  defined as fair value).  This  determination is made on an
individual asset basis. If the fair value is less than the carrying amount,  the
deficiency  is recognized as a valuation  allowance.  Further  decreases to fair
value will be  recorded in this  valuation  allowance  through a  provision  for
losses on real estate  owned.  The Company  utilizes  estimates of fair value to
determine the amount of its valuation  allowance.  Actual values may differ from
those estimates.

Bank premises and equipment:  

Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost, less depreciation accumulated on
a straight-line  basis over the estimated  useful lives of the related assets (5
to 40 years). Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over
the  terms of the  related  leases  or the  lives of the  assets,  whichever  is
shorter.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock:

In connection with the Bank's borrowings from the FHLB-NY,  the Bank is required
to purchase shares of FHLB-NY  non-marketable  capital stock at par. Such shares
are redeemed by FHLB-NY at par with reductions in the Bank's  borrowing  levels.
The Bank carries this investment at historical cost.

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase: 

Securities   sold  under   agreements  to   repurchase   are  accounted  for  as
collateralized financing and are carried at amounts at which the securities will
be subsequently reacquired as specified in the respective agreements.

Goodwill:

The portion of the discount on the estimated  fair value of net assets  acquired
in the  acquisition of New York Federal is amortized  using the interest  method
over the  estimated  lives of the  related  assets or  liabilities.  The cost of
acquisition is amortized using the straight-line  method over fifteen years. The
Company periodically reviews its goodwill for possible impairment.

Earnings per share:

Basic  earnings per share for the years ended  December 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996
was  computed by dividing  net income by the total  weighted  average  number of
common shares outstanding, including only the vested portion of restricted stock
awards.  Diluted  earnings per share includes the additional  dilutive effect of
stock options  outstanding and the unvested  portions of restricted stock awards
during the period.  The shares held in the Company's  Employee Benefit Trust are
not  included in shares  outstanding  for purposes of  calculating  earnings per
share. The weighted average shares outstanding have been adjusted to reflect the
three-for-two  stock  split  effected in the form of a stock  dividend  that was
distributed on September 30, 1998.

Earnings per share has been computed based on the following:  

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
(Amounts in thousands except per share data)                                                      1998          1997          1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>           <C>           <C>    
Net income ...............................................................................       $10,190       $ 8,531       $ 6,715
Divided by:
  Weighted average common shares outstanding .............................................        10,194        10,660        11,702
  Weighted average common stock equivalents ..............................................           241           156            65
                                                                                                 -----------------------------------
Total weighted average common shares outstanding & common stock equivalents ..............        10,435        10,816        11,767
Basic earnings per share .................................................................       $  1.00       $  0.80       $  0.57
Diluted earnings per share ...............................................................       $  0.98       $  0.79       $  0.57
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>



                                                                              25
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


3.   Loans

The composition of loans as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
(In thousands)                                           1998             1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>              <C>     
One-to-four family ...........................         $361,786         $289,286
Multi-family .................................          277,437          230,229
Commercial ...................................          101,401           68,182
Co-operative .................................           10,238           12,065
Construction .................................            3,203            2,797
Small Business Administration ................            2,616            2,789
Consumer and other ...........................            1,899            1,385
                                                       -------------------------
  Gross loans ................................          758,580          606,733
Less: Unearned income ........................            1,263            1,838
                                                       -------------------------
    Total loans ..............................         $757,317         $604,895
================================================================================
</TABLE>

The total amount of loans on  non-accrual  status as of December 31, 1998,  1997
and 1996 was $2,597,000,  $2,458,000 and $2,408,000,  respectively.  At December
31, 1998,  impaired  loans totaled  $2,597,000;  and  $137,000,  or 2.0%, of the
allowance  for loan losses  relates to impaired  loans.  At December  31,  1997,
impaired loans totaled $2,771,000;  and $330,000,  or 5.1%, of the allowance for
loan losses relates to impaired  loans.  The portion of the impaired loan amount
above 100% of the  loan-to-value  ratio is charged off.  Impaired  loans include
loans on non-accrual status and loans that are performing but deemed substandard
by management.  Impaired loans are analyzed on an individual  basis. The average
balance of impaired  loans was  $3,094,000,  $2,637,000 and $3,947,000 for 1998,
1997 and 1996, respectively.

The following is a summary of interest foregone on non-accrual loans:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===============================================================================================
(In thousands)                                                               1998   1997   1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>    <C>    <C>
Interest income that would have been recognized had the loans performed in
  accordance with their original terms ...................................   $222   $180   $210
Less: Interest income included  in the results of operations .............     42     --     65
                                                                             ------------------
Foregone interest ........................................................   $180   $180   $145
===============================================================================================
</TABLE>

The following are changes in the allowance for loan losses:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===================================================================================================
(In thousands)                                                         1998        1997       1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>        <C>        <C>    
Balance, beginning of year ........................................   $ 6,474    $ 5,437    $ 5,310
Provision for loan losses .........................................       214        104        418
Additional allowance acquired with the purchase of New York Federal        --        979         --
Charge-offs .......................................................      (103)      (206)      (535)
Recoveries ........................................................       177        160        244
                                                                      -----------------------------
  Balance, end of year ............................................   $ 6,762    $ 6,474    $ 5,437
===================================================================================================
</TABLE>

4.   Real Estate Owned

The following are changes in the allowance for losses on real estate owned:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===================================================================================================
(In thousands)                                                    1998         1997          1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                              <C>           <C>           <C>  
Balance, beginning of year ..............................        $  74         $ 281         $ 388
Provision ...............................................           33            --           150
Reduction due to sales of real estate owned .............         (107)         (207)         (257)
                                                                 ----------------------------------
  Balance, end of year ..................................        $  --         $  74         $ 281
===================================================================================================
</TABLE>



26
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


5.   Bank Premises and Equipment, Net

Bank premises and equipment at December 31, 1998 and 1997 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

================================================================================
(In thousands)                                                 1998       1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>    
Land ...................................................     $   801     $   801
Building and leasehold improvements ....................       3,483       3,317
                                                             -------------------
Equipment and furniture ................................       8,101       7,383

  Total ................................................      12,385      11,501

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization ........       5,944       5,008
                                                             -------------------
  Bank premises and equipment, net .....................     $ 6,441     $ 6,493
================================================================================
</TABLE>

6.   Accounting for Debt and Equity Securities

Investments in equity securities that have readily  determinable fair values and
all  investments in debt securities are classified in one of the following three
categories and accounted for accordingly: (1) trading securities, (2) securities
available for sale and (3) securities held to maturity.

The Company did not hold any trading  securities or securities  held to maturity
during the years ended December 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996.  Securities  available
for sale are recorded at estimated fair value based on dealer  quotations  where
available.  Actual values may differ from estimates provided by outside dealers.
Securities  classified  as held to  maturity  are stated at cost,  adjusted  for
amortization of premium and accretion of discount using the level-yield  method.

The  amortized  cost  and  estimated  fair  value of the  Company's  securities,
classified as available for sale as of December 31, 1998 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               Gross            Gross
                                                         Amortized         Estimated         Unrealized       Unrealized
(In thousands)                                              Cost           Fair Value          Gains            Losses
========================================================================================================================
<S>                                                       <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>     
U.S. Treasury securities and government agencies          $ 13,213          $ 13,425          $    212          $     --
Corporate debt securities ......................             4,711             4,710                 4                 5
Public utility debt securities .................               945               944                --                 1
Other ..........................................             4,699             5,190               598               107
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------
  Total other securities .......................            23,568            24,269               814               113
Mortgage-backed securities .....................           300,637           302,421             2,090               306
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------
  Total securities available for sale ..........          $324,205          $326,690          $  2,904          $    419
========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

The  amortized  cost  and  estimated  fair  value of the  Company's  securities,
classified as available for sale at December 31, 1998, by contractual  maturity,
are shown below.  Expected  maturities will differ from  contractual  maturities
because  borrowers  may have the  right to call or  prepay  obligations  with or
without call or prepayment penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         -----------------------
                                                                       Estimated
                                                         Amortized        Fair
(In thousands)                                             Cost          Value
================================================================================
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>     
Due in one year or less ..........................       $  7,637       $  8,026
Due after one year through five years ............          1,600          1,656
Due after five years through ten years ...........          8,763          8,927
Due after ten years ..............................          5,568          5,660
                                                         -----------------------
  Total other securities .........................         23,568         24,269
Mortgage-backed securities .......................        300,637        302,421
                                                         -----------------------
  Total securities available for sale ............       $324,205       $326,690
================================================================================
</TABLE>



                                                                              27
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


The  amortized  cost  and  estimated  fair  value  of the  Company's  securities
classified as available for sale at December 31, 1997, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               Gross             Gross
                                                          Amortized        Estimated         Unrealized        Unrealized
(In thousands)                                              Cost           Fair Value          Gains             Losses
========================================================================================================================
<S>                                                       <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>     
U.S. Treasury securities and government agencies          $120,106          $120,123          $    366          $    349
Corporate debt securities ......................            13,149            13,178                36                 7
Public utility debt securities .................             2,247             2,271                33                 9
Other ..........................................             3,374             4,030               665                 9
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------
  Total other securities .......................           138,876           139,602             1,100               374
Mortgage-backed securities .....................           215,159           217,110             2,683               732
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------
  Total securities available for sale ..........          $354,035          $356,712          $  3,783          $  1,106
========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

For the year ended  December  31,  1998,  gross gains of $387,000  and losses of
$285,000 were realized on sales of securities  available for sale.  For the year
ended  December  31, 1997,  gross gains of $506,000 and losses of $454,000  were
realized on sales of securities  available for sale. For the year ended December
31, 1996,  gross gains of $500,000 and losses of $374,000 were realized on sales
of securities available for sale.

7.   Due to Depositors

Due to  depositors  as of December 31, 1998 and 1997,  and the weighted  average
rate on deposits at December 31, 1998, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=========================================================================================
                                                                              Weighted
                                                                             Average Cost
(Dollars in thousands)                         1998              1997            1998
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>               <C>               <C>  
Interest-bearing deposits:
  Certificate of deposit accounts .          $370,815          $382,729          5.47%
  Passbook savings accounts .......           203,949           201,668          2.29
  Money market accounts ...........            28,439            23,526          2.69
  NOW accounts ....................            26,788            23,825          1.90
                                             --------------------------
    Total interest-bearing deposits           629,991           631,748
Non-interest-bearing deposits:
  Demand accounts .................            27,505            19,263
                                             --------------------------
    Total due to depositors .......          $657,496          $651,011
=========================================================================================
</TABLE>

The aggregate amount of time deposits with  denominations  greater than $100,000
was  $30,549,000  and  $29,856,000 at December 31, 1998 and 1997,  respectively.

Interest  expense on deposits,  for the years ended December 31, 1998,  1997 and
1996, respectively, is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                1998         1997        1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         (In thousands)

<S>                                            <C>          <C>          <C>    
Certificate of deposit accounts .........      $21,128      $19,487      $16,848
Passbook savings accounts ...............        5,549        5,884        6,142
Money market accounts ...................          773          692          741
NOW accounts ............................          466          432          370
                                               ---------------------------------
  Total due to depositors ...............       27,916       26,495       24,101
Mortgagors' escrow deposits .............           71           71           63
                                               ---------------------------------
  Total deposit expense .................      $27,987      $26,566      $24,164
================================================================================
</TABLE>


28
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


8.   Borrowed Funds

Borrowed funds as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively, are summarized as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
                                          1998                   1997
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                             Weighted                 Weighted
At December 31,                     Amount  Average Rate    Amount  Average Rate
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             (Dollars in thousands) 
<S>                               <C>           <C>        <C>            <C>  
Short-term borrowings:(1)
  Reverse repurchase agreements   $     --        --%      $ 20,000       5.91%
  FHLB-NY advances ............     15,000      5.78%        10,000       6.35%
                                  ----------------------------------------------
    Total short-term borrowings     15,000      5.78%        30,000       6.05%
                                  ----------------------------------------------
Long-term borrowings:                                    
  Reverse repurchase agreements    120,000      5.83%        80,000       5.82%
  FHLB-NY advances ............    200,458      6.30%       177,112       6.34%
                                  ----------------------------------------------
    Total long-term borrowings     320,458      6.11%       257,112       6.18%
                                  ----------------------------------------------
Other borrowings ..............         --                       75
                                  ----------------------------------------------
    Total borrowings ..........   $335,458                 $287,187
================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1)  Borrowings with an original maturity date of less than one year.

As part of the Company's strategy to finance investment opportunities and manage
its cost of funds,  the Company enters into reverse  repurchase  agreements with
the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank of New York  ("FHLB-NY").  These  agreements  are
recorded  as  financing  transactions  and the  obligations  to  repurchase  are
reflected  as  a  liability  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.   The
securities  underlying  the  agreements  are  held in the  name of the  FHLB-NY.
FHLB-NY,  who may sell,  loan or otherwise  dispose of such  securities to other
parties  in the  normal  course  of their  operations,  agrees  to resell to the
Company the same  securities at the  maturities of the  agreements.  The Company
retains the right of  substitution  of  collateral  throughout  the terms of the
agreements.   All  the  reverse  repurchase  agreements  are  collateralized  by
mortgage-backed  securities.  Information relating to these agreements at or for
the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===============================================================================================
(Dollars in thousands)                                                       1998        1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                        <C>         <C>     
Book value of collateral ...............................................   $135,555    $114,408
Estimated fair value of collateral .....................................    136,579     115,547
Average balance of outstanding agreements during the year ..............    110,274       6,904
Maximum balance of outstanding agreements at a month end during the year    130,000     100,000
Average interest rate of outstanding agreements during the year ........       5.81%       5.84%
===============================================================================================
</TABLE>

Pursuant  to a blanket  collateral  agreement  with the  FHLB-NY,  advances  are
secured by all of the Bank's stock in the FHLB-NY,  certain qualifying  mortgage
loans, mortgage-backed and mortgage-related securities, and other securities not
otherwise  pledged  in an  amount  at  least  equal  to  110%  of  the  advances
outstanding.

9.   Income Taxes

Flushing Financial  Corporation files consolidated Federal and combined New York
State and New York City  income  tax  returns  with its  subsidiaries,  with the
exception of FPFC,  which files  separate  Federal,  New York State and New York
City income tax returns as a real estate investment trust entity. A deferred tax
liability is recognized on all taxable temporary  differences and a deferred tax
asset is recognized on all deductible temporary differences and operating losses
and tax credit carryforwards.  A valuation allowance is recognized to reduce the
potential  deferred  tax asset if it is "more  likely than not" that all or some
portion of that potential deferred tax asset will not be realized.  This Company
must  also take into  account  changes  in tax laws or rates  when  valuing  the
deferred  income  tax  amounts  it carries  on its  Consolidated  Statements  of
Financial Condition.

The Company's  annual tax liability for New York State and New York City was the
greater of a tax based on "entire net income",  "alternative entire net income",
"taxable  assets" or a minimum  tax. For the year ended  December 31, 1998,  the
Company's state and city tax was based on "alternative entire net income", while
the Company's state and city tax liability for the years ended December 31, 1997
and 1996 was based on "entire net income".



                                                                              29
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


Income tax provisions (benefits) for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and
1996, are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                 1998         1997        1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        (In thousands)
<S>                                             <C>         <C>         <C>
Federal:
  Current ..................................    $ 5,532     $ 5,148     $ 3,304
  Deferred .................................       (488)       (657)        236
                                                --------------------------------
    Total federal tax provision ............      5,044       4,491       3,540
                                                --------------------------------
State and Local:
  Current ..................................        (43)      1,782       2,549
  Deferred .................................      1,011         502        (278)
                                                --------------------------------
    Total state and local tax provision ....        968       2,284       2,271
                                                --------------------------------
    Total income tax provision .............    $ 6,012     $ 6,775     $ 5,811
================================================================================
</TABLE>

The income  tax  provision  in the  Consolidated  Statements  of Income has been
provided at effective rates of 37%, 44% and 46% for the years ended December 31,
1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The effective rates differ from the statutory
federal income tax rate as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                         1998                   1997                  1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                             <C>             <C>    <C>             <C>    <C>            <C>
Taxes at federal statutory rate .............................   $ 5,671         35%    $ 5,357         35%    $ 4,258        34%
Increase (reduction) in taxes resulting from:
  State & local income tax, net of Federal income tax benefit       629          4       1,485         10       1,499        12
  Other .....................................................      (288)        (2)        (67)        (1)         54        --
                                                                ----------------------------------------------------------------
    Taxes at effective rate .................................   $ 6,012         37%    $ 6,775         44%    $ 5,811        46%
================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

The components of the income taxes for the years ended  December 31, 1998,  1997
and 1996;  attributable  to income from  operations and changes in equity are as
follows: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
========================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                            1998       1997       1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                (In thousands)
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>    
Income from operations .................................................   $ 6,012    $ 6,775    $ 5,811
Equity:
  Change in fair value of securities available for sale ................       (75)     2,266     (2,443)
  Compensation expense for tax purposes in excess of that recognized for
    financial reporting purposes .......................................      (411)      (131)        --
                                                                           -----------------------------
    Total ..............................................................   $ 5,526    $ 8,910    $ 3,368
========================================================================================================
</TABLE>

The  components  of the net  deferred tax asset as of December 31, 1998 and 1997
are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                1998        1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                (In thousands) 
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>   
Deferred tax asset:
  Postretirement benefits ................................     $2,683     $1,989
  Allowance for loan losses ..............................        267      1,545
  Deferred income ........................................         --        230
  Other ..................................................        870        518
                                                               -----------------
    Deferred tax asset ...................................      3,820      4,282
                                                               -----------------
  Deferred tax liabilities:
  Unrealized gains on securities available for sale ......      1,143      1,218
  Depreciation ...........................................        542        492
  Other ..................................................         11         --
                                                               -----------------
    Deferred tax liability ...............................      1,696      1,710
                                                               -----------------
      Net deferred tax asset included in other assets ....     $2,124     $2,572
================================================================================
</TABLE>


30
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


The Company has recorded a net deferred tax asset of $2,124,000. This represents
the  anticipated  net  federal,  state  and local tax  benefits  expected  to be
realized in future years upon the  utilization  of the underlying tax attributes
comprising  this balance.  The Company has reported  taxable income for federal,
state,  and  local  tax  purposes  in  each  of  the  past  three  years  and in
management's  opinion, in view of the Company's previous,  current and projected
future  earnings  trend,  such net  deferred  tax asset will be fully  realized.
Accordingly,  no valuation  allowance was deemed  necessary for the net deferred
tax asset at December 31, 1998.

10.  Benefit Plans

Defined Contribution Plans:

The Company  maintains  a  profit-sharing  plan and the Bank  maintains a 401(k)
plan.  Both plans are  tax-qualified  defined  contribution  plans  which  cover
substantially all employees.  Annual  contributions are at the discretion of the
Company's  Board of Directors,  but not to exceed the maximum  amount  allowable
under the Internal Revenue Code. Currently,  annual matching contributions under
the Bank's 401(k) plan equal fifty percent of the employee's  contributions,  up
to a maximum  of three  percent  of the  employee's  compensation.  The Board of
Director's  discretion  to amend these  arrangements  is limited to  prospective
changes  only.  Annual  contributions  by the  Bank  into  the  401(k)  plan for
employees  vests  20% per year  over a five year  period.  Compensation  expense
recorded  by the  Company  and its  subsidiaries  for these  plans  amounted  to
$526,000,  $469,000 and $419,000 for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and
1996, respectively.

Employee Benefit Trust:

An Employee  Benefit Trust ("EBT") has been established to assist the Company in
funding its benefit plan obligations.  In connection with the Bank's conversion,
the EBT borrowed  $7,928,000  from the Company and used $7,000 of cash  received
from the Bank to purchase  1,035,000  shares of the common stock of the Company.
The  loan  will  be  repaid   principally   from  the  Company's   discretionary
contributions to the EBT and dividend  payments received on common stock held by
the EBT,  or will be  forgiven  by the  Company,  over a period of 30 years.  At
December 31, 1998 the loan had an outstanding  balance of $6,949,000,  bearing a
fixed  interest  rate of 6.22%  per  annum.  The loan  obligation  of the EBT is
considered unearned compensation and, as such, is recorded as a reduction of the
Company's  stockholders'  equity.  Both the  loan  obligation  and the  unearned
compensation  are  reduced by the amount of loan  repayments  made by the EBT or
forgiven by the Company.  Shares  purchased with the loan proceeds are held in a
suspense  account for  contribution  to specified  benefit  plans as the loan is
repaid or forgiven.  Shares  released from the suspense  account are used solely
for  funding   matching   contributions   under  the  Bank's   401(k)  plan  and
contributions to the Company's  profit-sharing  plan. Since annual contributions
are  discretionary  with the Company or dependent  upon employee  contributions,
compensation  payable  under the EBT cannot be  estimated.  For the years  ended
December 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996,  the Company  funded  $463,000,  $411,000 and
$372,000,  respectively,  of its  contributions  to the Bank's 401(k) and profit
sharing plans from the EBT.

The shares  held in the  suspense  account  are  pledged as  collateral  and are
reported  as  unallocated  EBT  shares in  stockholders'  equity.  As shares are
released from the suspense  account,  the Company reports  compensation  expense
equal  to the  current  market  price  of the  shares,  and  the  shares  become
outstanding for earnings per share  computations.  The EBT shares as of December
31, 1998 and 1997 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=====================================================================================
December 31,                                                   1998          1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>           <C>        
Shares owned by Employee Benefit Trust, beginning balance       943,803       970,863
Shares released and allocated ...........................        29,220        27,060
                                                            -------------------------
Shares owned by Employee Benefit Trust, ending balance ..       914,583       943,803
                                                            =========================
Market value of unallocated shares ......................   $14,462,000   $15,022,000
=====================================================================================
</TABLE>

                                                                              31
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


Restricted Stock Plan:

The 1996  Restricted  Stock  Incentive  Plan  ("Restricted  Stock Plan")  became
effective on May 21, 1996 after  adoption by the Board of Directors and approval
by  shareholders.  The  aggregate  number of shares of common stock which may be
issued  under the  Restricted  Stock Plan,  as amended,  may not exceed  474,750
shares to employees, and may not exceed 155,250 shares to Outside Directors, for
a total of 630,000  shares.  Lapsed,  forfeited  or  canceled  awards and shares
withheld from an award to satisfy tax  obligations  will not count against these
limits,  and will be available for  subsequent  grants.  The shares  distributed
under the Restricted Stock Plan may be shares held in treasury or authorized but
unissued  shares.  The  following  table  summarizes  certain  activity  for the
Restricted Stock Plan after giving effect to the 3-for-2 common stock split.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===========================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                             1998         1997       1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                         <C>          <C>         <C>   
Shares available for future Restricted Stock Awards at beginning of year     58,390      77,775          --
Shares authorized for Restricted Stock Awards ..........................    112,500          --     517,500
Restricted Stock Awards ................................................    (32,000)    (45,750)   (447,600)
Restricted shares repurchased to satisfy tax obligations ...............     28,132      21,415          --
Forfeitures ............................................................     28,050       4,950       7,875
                                                                            -------------------------------
Shares available for future Restricted Stock Awards at end of year .....    195,072      58,390      77,775
===========================================================================================================
</TABLE>

All grants vest 20% per year over a five year  period  with full  vesting in the
event of death, disability,  retirement or a change in control. Total restricted
stock  award  expense  in 1998,  1997 and 1996 was  $1,402,000,  $1,109,000  and
$573,000, respectively. 

Stock Option Plan:

The 1996 Stock Option  Incentive Plan ("Stock Option Plan") became  effective on
May  21,  1996  after  adoption  by the  Board  of  Directors  and  approval  by
shareholders.  The Stock Option Plan  provides for the grant of incentive  stock
options  intended to comply with the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal
Revenue Code,  nonstatutory stock options, and stock appreciation rights granted
in tandem with such  options.  The  aggregate  number of shares of common  stock
which may be issued  under the Stock Option  Plan,  as amended,  with respect to
options granted to employees may not exceed 1,130,625  shares,  and with respect
to options  granted to Outside  Directors may not exceed 463,125  shares,  for a
total of 1,593,750 shares. Lapsed,  forfeited or canceled options will not count
against these limits and will be available for subsequent grants.  However,  the
cancellation  of an option upon exercise of a related stock  appreciation  right
will count  against  these  limits.  Options  with  respect to more than 112,500
shares of common stock may not be granted to any employee in any calendar  year.
The  shares  distributed  under the  Stock  Option  Plan may be  shares  held in
treasury or  authorized  but unissued  shares.  All grants vest over a five year
period. The following table summarizes certain  information  regarding the Stock
Option Plan after giving effect to the 3-for-2 common stock split.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       --------------------
                                                                                    Weighted
                                                                        Shares      Average
                                                                       Underlying   Exercise
                                                                        Options      Price
===========================================================================================
<S>                                                                     <C>          <C>   
Balance outstanding December 31, 1996 ..............................    1,130,775    $10.88
Granted ............................................................       91,500    $14.53
Exercised ..........................................................      (11,100)   $10.83
Forfeited ..........................................................       (9,900)   $10.83
                                                                        -------------------
Balance outstanding December 31, 1997 ..............................    1,201,275    $11.54
Granted ............................................................       64,000    $14.70
Exercised ..........................................................      (34,763)   $10.83
Forfeited ..........................................................      (56,100)   $14.34
                                                                        -------------------
Balance Outstanding December 31, 1998 ..............................    1,174,412    $11.20
                                                                        ===================
Shares available for future stock option awards at December 31, 1998      373,475
===========================================================================================
</TABLE>


32
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


The  following  table  summarizes  information  about the Stock  Option  Plan at
December 31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Options Outstanding                             Options Exercisable
                                -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Weighted                                          Weighted
                                   Number                  Average                   Number                  Average
                                Outstanding at            Remaining              Exercisable at             Exercise
   Exercise Prices                12/31/98             Contractual Life             12/31/98                  Price
=====================================================================================================================
<S>                              <C>                      <C>                        <C>                    <C>      
       $10.83                    1,034,212                7.4 Years                  490,162                $   10.83
    $12.00-$15.00                  118,200                8.8 Years                   41,280                $   13.65
    $15.01-$19.00                   22,000                9.5 Years                      600                $   15.58
                                -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    $10.83-$19.00                1,174,412                7.6 Years                  532,042                $   11.05
=====================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

As permitted by SFAS No. 123,  "Accounting  for Stock-Based  Compensation",  the
Company has chosen to apply APB Opinion No. 25,  "Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees" and related  Interpretations in accounting for its Stock Option Plan.
Accordingly,  no compensation cost has been recognized for options granted under
the Stock Option Plan. Had compensation cost for the Company's Stock Option Plan
been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates,  consistent with the
method  prescribed  by SFAS No. 123, the  Company's  net income and earnings per
share would have been as follows.  However, the initial impact of the new rules,
as per SFAS No. 123, may not be representative of the effect on income in future
years because the options vest over several years and  additional  option grants
may be made each year.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
(Dollars in thousands, 
except per share data)                      1998             1997          1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>              <C>           <C>   
Net income:
  As reported .......................      $10,190          $8,531        $6,715
  Pro forma .........................      $ 9,540          $8,101        $6,421
Diluted earnings per share:
  As reported .......................      $  0.98          $ 0.79        $ 0.57
  Pro forma .........................      $  0.91          $ 0.75        $ 0.55
================================================================================
</TABLE>

The fair value of each option  grant is estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes  option pricing model. The weighted  average  assumptions used for
grants made in 1998, 1997 and 1996 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
                                         1998 Grants   1997 Grants  1996 Grants
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>           <C>  
Dividend yield ......................          1.50%         1.21%         0.93%
Expected volatility .................         35.22%        28.55%        27.41%
Risk-free  interest rate ............          4.38%         6.08%         6.58%
Expected option life ................      7 Years       7 years       7 Years
================================================================================
</TABLE>

Pension Plans:

The Company also has a defined benefit pension plan covering  substantially  all
of its employees  (the  "Retirement  Plan").  The benefits are based on years of
service and the employee's  compensation  during the three consecutive years out
of the final  ten years of  service  that  produces  the  highest  average.  The
Company's  funding policy is to contribute  annually the maximum amount that can
be deducted  for federal  income tax  purposes.  Contributions  are  intended to
provide  not only for the  benefits  attributed  to service to date but also for
those expected to be earned in the future.

The components of the net pension expense are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                     1998       1997      1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        (In thousands)

<S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>  
Service cost ..................................     $ 341      $ 298      $ 309
Interest cost .................................       517        487        422
Amortization of transition asset ..............        --         (2)        (5)
Amortization of past service liability ........       (24)       (24)       (25)
Amortization of unrecognized gain .............       (34)        --         --
Return on plan assets .........................      (701)      (581)      (505)
                                                    ----------------------------
  Net pension expense .........................     $  99      $ 178      $ 196
================================================================================
</TABLE>



                                                                              33
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


The following  table sets forth for the  Retirement  Plan, the change in benefit
obligation  and  assets,  and for the  Company,  the amounts  recognized  in the
Consolidated  Statements  of Financial  Condition at December 31, 1998 and 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===========================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                                         1998       1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                          (In thousands) 
<S>                                                                                     <C>        <C>    
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year .............................................   $ 7,270    $ 6,077
Service cost ........................................................................       341        298
Interest cost .......................................................................       517        487
Actuarial loss ......................................................................       189        619
Benefits paid .......................................................................      (218)      (211)
Plan amendments .....................................................................        99         --
                                                                                        -------------------
Benefit obligation at end of year ...................................................     8,198      7,270
                                                                                        -------------------
Change in plan assets:
Market value of assets at beginning of year .........................................     8,863      7,255
Actual return on plan assets ........................................................        20      1,626
Employer contributions ..............................................................        52        193
Benefits paid .......................................................................      (218)      (211)
                                                                                        -------------------
Market value of plan assets at end of year ..........................................     8,717      8,863
                                                                                        -------------------
Funded status .......................................................................       519      1,593
Unrecognized net gain from past experience different from that assumed and effects of
  changes in assumptions ............................................................      (194)    (1,144)
Prior service cost not yet recognized in periodic pension cost ......................      (134)      (159)
                                                                                        -------------------
Prepaid pension cost included in other assets .......................................   $   191    $   290
===========================================================================================================
</TABLE>

Assumptions  used in 1998,  1997 and 1996 to develop  periodic  pension  amounts
were:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
                                                         1998     1997     1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>      <C>      <C>  
Weighted average discount rate ......................    6.75%    7.25%    7.50%
Rate of increase in future compensation levels ......    4.00%    5.00%    5.50%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets .........    8.50%    8.00%    8.00%
================================================================================
</TABLE>

The Bank has an Outside Director Retirement Plan (the "Directors' Plan"),  which
provides  benefits to each outside director whose years of service as an outside
director  (including  service  as a  director  or  trustee  of the  Bank  or any
predecessor)  plus age equal or  exceed  75.  Benefits  are also  payable  to an
outside  director  whose  status as an outside  director  terminates  because of
disability or who is an outside director upon a change of control (as defined in
the Directors'  Plan).  An eligible  director will be paid an annual  retirement
benefit equal to the last annual  retainer paid, plus fees paid to such director
for  attendance  at Board  meetings  during the  twelve  month  period  prior to
retirement.  Such benefit  will be paid in equal  monthly  installments  for the
lesser of the number of months such  director  served as an outside  director or
120 months,  provided,  however,  that a director's  retirement benefits will be
paid in a cash lump sum in the event of a change of control. In the event of the
director's death, the surviving spouse shall receive the equivalent  benefit. No
benefits  will be payable to a director  who is removed  for cause.  The Holding
Company has guaranteed the payment of benefits under the Directors'  Plan.  Upon
adopting the  Directors'  Plan,  the Bank elected to  immediately  recognize the
effect of  adopting  the  Directors'  Plan. 

The  components  of the net  pension  expense  for the  Directors'  Plan  are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                         1998     1997     1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               (In thousands)

<S>                                                      <C>       <C>       <C>
Service cost .....................................       $--       $ 9       $ 8
Interest cost ....................................        --        --        51
Amortization of past service liability ...........        83        83        --
                                                         -----------------------
Net pension expense ..............................       $83       $92       $59
================================================================================
</TABLE>



34
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


The following  table sets forth for the  Directors'  Plan, the change in benefit
obligation  and  assets,  and for the  Company,  the amounts  recognized  in the
Consolidated  Statements  of Financial  Condition at December 31, 1998 and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==============================================================================================================
December 31,                                                                                 1998        1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                              (In thousands) 
<S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>    
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year .................................................   $ 1,654    $ 1,641
Service cost ............................................................................        --          9
Actuarial loss ..........................................................................        97         22
Benefits paid ...........................................................................       (22)       (18)
Plan amendments .........................................................................       224         --
                                                                                            ------------------
Benefit obligation at end of year .......................................................     1,953      1,654
                                                                                            ------------------
Change in plan assets:
Market value of assets at beginning of year .............................................        --         --
Employer contributions ..................................................................        22         18
Benefits paid ...........................................................................       (22)       (18)
                                                                                            ------------------
Market value of assets at end of year ...................................................        --         --
                                                                                            ------------------
Funded status ...........................................................................    (1,953)    (1,654)
Unrecognized net loss (gain) from past experience different from that assumed and effects
  of changes in assumptions .............................................................        79        (18)
Prior service cost not yet recognized in periodic pension cost ..........................       969        828
                                                                                            ------------------
  Accrued pension cost included in other liabilities ....................................   $  (905)   $  (844)
==============================================================================================================
</TABLE>

For the years ended  December 31,  1998,  1997 and 1996,  the  weighted  average
discount rate used in determining  the actuarial  present value of the projected
benefit obligation was 6.75%, 7.25% and 7.75%, respectively. The level of future
retainers and meeting fees was projected to remain constant.

11.  Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pension

The Company  sponsors two defined  postretirement  benefit  plans that cover all
full-time  permanent  employees and their  spouses.  One plan  provides  medical
benefits  through a fifty  percent  cost  sharing  arrangement.  The other  plan
provides life insurance benefits and is noncontributory.  These retiree programs
are  available  to retirees  with five years of service.  Under these  programs,
eligible  retirees  receive  lifetime  medical and life  insurance  coverage for
themselves and lifetime medical coverage for their spouses.

Comprehensive  medical plan benefits equal the lesser of the normal plan benefit
or the total amount not paid by Medicare.  Life insurance  benefits for retirees
are based on annual compensation and age at retirement. As of December 31, 1998,
the Bank has not adopted a funding  policy.  

The  following  table sets  forth for the  postretirement  plans,  the change in
benefit  obligation and assets,  and for the Company,  the amounts recognized in
the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==============================================================================================================
December 31,                                                                               1998        1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                              (In thousands)
<S>                                                                                       <C>         <C>
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year ..............................................    $ 1,660     $ 1,304
Service cost .........................................................................        118          69
Actuarial loss .......................................................................        188         110
Benefits paid ........................................................................      1,153         243
Plan amendments ......................................................................       (112)        (66)
                                                                                          -------------------
Benefit obligation at end of year ....................................................      3,007       1,660
                                                                                          -------------------
Change in plan assets:
Market value of assets at beginning of year ..........................................         --          --
Employer contributions ...............................................................        112          66
Benefits paid ........................................................................       (112)        (66)
                                                                                          -------------------
Market value of assets at end of year ................................................         --          --
                                                                                          -------------------
Funded status ........................................................................     (3,007)     (1,660)

Unrecognized net loss from past experience different from that assumed and effects
  of changes in assumptions ..........................................................      1,202         113
Prior service cost not yet recognized in periodic expense ............................       (619)       (722)
                                                                                          -------------------
  Accrued postretirement cost included in other liabilities ..........................    $(2,424)    $(2,269)
==============================================================================================================
</TABLE>

                                                                              35
<PAGE>    

Assumptions  used in determining the actuarial  present value of the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligations as of December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 are as
follows:  

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==============================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                         1998             1997           1996 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                      <C>             <C>            <C>
Rate of return on plan assets ...............................              NA              NA              NA
Discount rate ...............................................            6.75%           7.25%           7.50%
Rate of increase in health care costs:
  Initial ...................................................            6.75%           7.50%          10.00%
  Ultimate (year 2005) ......................................            5.00%           5.00%           5.50%
Annual rate of salary increases .............................              NA              NA              NA
==============================================================================================================
</TABLE>

The health care cost trend rate  assumptions  have a  significant  effect on the
amounts reported.  To illustrate,  increasing the assumed health care cost trend
rates by one  percentage  point in each  year  would  increase  the  accumulated
postretirement  benefit  obligation  as of December 31, 1998 by $327,000 and the
aggregate  of  the  service  and  interest  cost   components  of  net  periodic
postretirement  benefit  costs for the year then ended by $38,000. 

For the year ended December 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996, the resulting net periodic
postretirement benefit expense consisted of the following components:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==============================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                       1998             1997            1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   (In thousands)
<S>                                                                   <C>              <C>              <C>  
Service cost ..............................................           $ 118            $  69            $  49
Interest cost .............................................             188              110               96
Amortization of unrecognized loss .........................              63               --               --
Amortization of past service liability ....................            (102)            (102)            (102)
                                                                      ----------------------------------------
Net postretirement benefit expense ........................           $ 267            $  77            $  43
==============================================================================================================
</TABLE>

12.  Stockholders' Equity

Dividend Restrictions:

In connection  with the Bank's  conversion from mutual to stock form in November
1995, a special  liquidation  account was established at the time of conversion,
in accordance with the requirements of the Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS"),
which was equal to its capital as of June 30, 1995. The  liquidation  account is
reduced as and to the extent that  eligible  account  holders have reduced their
qualifying deposits. Subsequent increases in deposits do not restore an eligible
account holder's interest in the liquidation account. In the event of a complete
liquidation  of the Bank,  each  eligible  account  holder  will be  entitled to
receive a distribution from the liquidation  account in an amount  proportionate
to the current  adjusted  qualifying  balances  for  accounts  then held.  As of
December  31, 1998,  the Bank's  liquidation  account was $12.4  million and was
presented within retained  earnings.  Accordingly,  the Bank's retained earnings
were restricted by that amount. 

In addition to the restriction  described above, the Bank may not declare or pay
cash  dividends on or repurchase any of its shares of common stock if the effect
thereof  would cause the  stockholders'  equity to be reduced  below  applicable
regulatory capital  maintenance  requirements or if such declaration and payment
would otherwise violate regulatory requirements.

Stock Split:

The  Company  declared a  three-for-two  stock split  which was  distributed  on
September 30, 1998 in the form of a stock  dividend.  This dividend was not paid
on shares held in treasury.  Shares issued and  outstanding for prior years have
been restated to reflect this three-for-two stock split.

Treasury Stock Transactions:

During 1998, the Holding Company  repurchased  757,146 shares of its outstanding
common stock. Also during 1998,  1,339,590 shares of Treasury stock were used to
pay the stock dividend  discussed  above.  At December 31, 1998, the Company had
456,873  shares of Treasury  stock which,  among other things,  could be held to
satisfy  obligations under the Company's  Restricted Stock Plan and Stock Option
Plan. Treasury stock is being accounted for using the average cost method.



36
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


13.  Regulatory Capital

The Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA")
imposes  a  number  of  mandatory  supervisory  measures  on  banks  and  thrift
institutions.  Among other  matters,  FDICIA  established  five capital zones or
classifications  (well-capitalized,  adequately  capitalized,  undercapitalized,
significantly   undercapitalized   and   critically   undercapitalized).    Such
classifications  are  used by the OTS and  other  bank  regulatory  agencies  to
determine  matters  ranging  from each  institution's  semi-annual  FDIC deposit
insurance  premium  assessments,   to  approvals  of  applications   authorizing
institutions to grow their asset size or otherwise  expand business  activities.
Under OTS capital regulations, the Bank is required to comply with each of three
separate capital adequacy standards.  As of December 31, 1998, the Bank has been
categorized as  "well-capitalized" by the OTS under the prompt corrective action
regulations  and continues to exceed all regulatory  capital  requirements.  Set
forth below is a summary of the Bank's  compliance with OTS capital standards as
of December 31, 1998 and 1997:

================================================================================
                                      December 31, 1998      December 31, 1997
                                    ---------------------   --------------------
                                               Percent of             Percent of
(Dollars in thousands)               Amount      Assets      Amount     Assets
===============================================================================
Tangible capital:
  Capital level ...............     $105,535      9.46%     $ 95,355      9.11%
  Requirement .................       16,729      1.50%       15,708      1.50%
  Excess ......................     $ 88,806      7.96%     $ 79,647      7.61%
Core (Tier I) capital:
  Capital level ...............     $105,535      9.46%     $ 95,355      9.11%
  Requirement .................       44,611      4.00%       41,887      4.00%
  Excess ......................     $ 60,924      5.46%     $ 53,468      5.11%
Total risk-based capital:
  Capital level ...............     $112,297     19.43%     $101,794     19.76%
  Requirement .................       46,238      8.00%       41,212      8.00%
  Excess ......................     $ 66,059     11.43%     $ 60,582     11.76%
===============================================================================

14.  Commitments and Contingencies 

Commitments:

The Company is a party to financial instruments with  off-balance-sheet  risk in
the normal  course of business  to meet the  financing  needs of its  customers.
These financial  instruments  include  commitments to extend credit and lines of
credit.  The instruments  involve,  to varying  degrees,  elements of credit and
market risks in excess of the amount  recognized in the  consolidated  financial
statements. 

The  Company's  exposure  to credit loss in the event of  nonperformance  by the
counterparty  to the  financial  instrument  for loan  commitments  and lines of
credit is represented by the contractual amounts of these instruments.

Commitments  to extend  credit  (principally  real estate  mortgages),  purchase
mortgage  loans and lines of credit  (principally  home equity  lines of credit)
amounted to approximately $42,476,000, $6,601,000 and $2,697,000,  respectively,
at December 31, 1998.  Since generally all of the loan  commitments are expected
to  be  drawn  upon,  the  total  loan  commitments   approximate   future  cash
requirements,  whereas the amounts of lines of credit may not be  indicative  of
the  Company's  future  cash  requirements.  The  Company  uses the same  credit
policies  in  making  commitments  and  conditional  obligations  as it does for
on-balance-sheet  instruments.  

As of December 31, 1998, commitments to extend credit for fixed-rate real estate
mortgages amounted to $15.3 million, with an average interest rate of 7.42%.

Commitments  to  extend  credit  are  legally  binding  agreements  to lend to a
customer as long as there is no violation of any  condition  established  in the
contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and require payment
of a fee. The Company  evaluates each customer's  credit worthiness on a case by
case basis. Collateral held consists primarily of real estate.

                                                                              37
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


The  Company's  minimum  annual  rental  payments  for Bank  premises  due under
non-cancelable leases are as follows:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Minimum Rental
================================================================================
                                                                 (In thousands)

Years ending December 31:
1999 ............................................................     $  484
2000 ............................................................        498
2001 ............................................................        516
2002 ............................................................        533
2003 ............................................................        554
Thereafter ......................................................      1,633
                                                                      ------
  Total minimum payments required ...............................     $4,218
================================================================================

The leases have escalation clauses for operating expenses and real estate taxes.
Certain lease  agreements  provide for increases in rental  payments  based upon
increases in the consumer  price index.  Rent expense under these leases for the
years  ended  December  31,  1998,  1997 and 1996  was  approximately  $451,000,
$449,000 and $406,000,  respectively.  

Contingencies: 

The Company is a defendant in various lawsuits. Management of the Company, after
consultation with outside legal counsels,  believes that the resolution of these
various  matters  will  not  result  in any  material  effect  on the  Company's
consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

15. Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company's  lending is  concentrated in one-to-four  family and  multi-family
residential  real estate and  commercial  real estate  loans to borrowers in the
metropolitan  New York  area.  The  Company  evaluates  each  customer's  credit
worthiness on a case-by-case basis under the Company's established  underwriting
policies.  The collateral  obtained by the Company  generally  consists of first
liens on  one-to-four  family  and  multi-family  residential  real  estate  and
commercial income producing real estate.

16.  Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments

SFAS No. 107, "Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments",  requires
that the Company disclose the estimated fair values for certain of its financial
instruments.  Financial  instruments  include  items  such as  loans,  deposits,
securities, commitments to lend and other items as defined in SFAS No. 107.

Fair value estimates are supposed to represent estimates of the amounts at which
a financial  instrument could be exchanged  between willing parties in a current
transaction  other  than in a forced  liquidation.  However,  in many  instances
current  exchange  prices are not available for many of the Company's  financial
instruments,  since no active market generally exists for a significant  portion
of the  Bank's  financial  instruments.  Accordingly,  the  Company  uses  other
valuation  techniques to estimate fair values of its financial  instruments such
as discounted cash flow methodologies and other methods allowable under SFAS No.
107. 

Fair value  estimates are  subjective in nature and are dependent on a number of
significant assumptions based on management's judgment regarding future expected
loss experience,  current economic  condition,  risk  characteristics of various
financial  instruments,  and other factors.  In addition,  SFAS No. 107 allows a
wide range of valuation  techniques,  therefore,  it may be difficult to compare
the  Company's  fair  value  information  to  independent  markets  or to  other
financial institutions' fair value information.

The Company generally holds its earning assets,  other than securities available
for sale, to maturity and settles its  liabilities  at maturity.  However,  fair
value  estimates are made at a specific  point in time and are based on relevant
market information.  These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that
could result from offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of
a particular  instrument.  Accordingly,  as assumptions change, such as interest
rates and  prepayments,  fair value  estimates  change and these amounts may not
necessarily be realized in an immediate sale.

SFAS No. 107 does not require  disclosure about fair value information for items
that do not meet the  definition  of a  financial  instrument  or certain  other
financial instruments  specifically excluded from its requirements.  These items
include core deposit intangibles and other customer relationships,  premises and
equipment, leases, income taxes, foreclosed properties and equity.

Further, SFAS No. 107 does not attempt to value future income or business. These
items may be material and accordingly, the fair value information presented does
not  purport  to  represent,  nor  should  it be  construed  to  represent,  the
underlying "market" or franchise value of the Company.



38
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


The estimated fair value of each material  class of financial  instruments as of
December  31, 1998 and 1997 and the  related  methods  and  assumptions  used to
estimate  fair  value  are as  follows:  

Cash and due from banks, overnight  interest-earning  deposits and federal funds
sold,  FHLB-NY  stock,  interest and dividends  receivable,  mortgagors'  escrow
deposits, borrowed funds and other liabilities:

The  carrying  amounts  are a  reasonable  estimate  of fair  value.  

Securities available for sale:

The estimated fair values of securities available for sale are contained in Note
6 of notes to consolidated financial statements. Fair value is based upon quoted
market prices, where available. If a quoted market price is not available,  fair
value is  estimated  using  quoted  market  prices for  similar  securities  and
adjusted for differences  between the quoted instrument and the instrument being
valued. 

Loans:

The  estimated  fair  value  of  loans  as of  December  31,  1998  and  1997 is
$777,715,000 and $608,164,000, respectively.

Fair value is estimated by discounting  the expected future cash flows using the
current  rates at which  similar  loans would be made to borrowers  with similar
credit ratings and remaining  maturities.  

For  non-accruing  loans,  fair  value is  generally  estimated  by  discounting
management's  estimate  of future cash flows with a discount  rate  commensurate
with the risk associated with such assets.

Due to depositors:

The  estimated  fair value of  deposits  as of  December  31,  1998 and 1997 was
$661,494,000 and $653,300,000, respectively.

The fair values of demand,  passbook savings, NOW and money market deposits are,
by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e.
their carrying value). The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposits
are  estimated by  discounting  the  expected  future cash flows using the rates
currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.  

Other financial instruments:

The fair values of commitments to sell,  lend or borrow are estimated  using the
fees  currently  charged or paid to enter into similar  agreements,  taking into
account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present credit  worthiness
of the  counterparties  or on the estimated  cost to terminate them or otherwise
settle with the  counterparties  at the  reporting  date.  For  fixed-rate  loan
commitments  to sell,  lend or borrow,  fair values also consider the difference
between current levels of interest rates and committed rates (where applicable).

As of  December  31,  1998 and 1997,  the fair  values  of the  above  financial
instruments  approximate  the recorded  amounts of the related fees and were not
considered to be material.

17.  Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In  June  of  1998,  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  133,  "Accounting  for  Derivative
Instruments  and Hedging  Activities",  which amends SFAS No. 52 and 107, and it
supercedes FASB Statements No. 80, 105 and 119. This  Pronouncement is effective
for all fiscal  quarters of fiscal years  beginning  after June 15,  1999.  This
Statement  requires  the  recognition  of all  derivatives  as either  assets or
liabilities in the statement of financial  position and the measurement of these
derivatives  at fair value.  Adoption of this  Pronouncement  is not expected to
have a material  impact on the  Company's  financial  position or results of its
operations.

In October of 1998, FASB issued SFAS No. 134,  "Accounting  for  Mortgage-Backed
Securities  Retained after the Securitization of Mortgage Loans Held for Sale by
a Mortgage Banking Enterprise",  an amendment of SFAS No. 65. This Pronouncement
amends SFAS No. 65 to permit  classification as trading,  available for sale, or
held to maturity mortgage-backed securities retained after the securitization of
mortgage  loans held for sale.  SFAS No. 134 is  effective  for the first fiscal
quarter beginning after December 15, 1998. Adoption of this Pronouncement is not
expected  to have a  material  impact on the  Company's  financial  position  or
results of its operations.



                                                                              39
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


18.  Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

Selected unaudited  quarterly financial data for the fiscal years ended December
31, 1998 and 1997 is presented below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                       1998                                    1997
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         4th      3rd       2nd       1st       4th        3rd      2nd       1st
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               (In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                                    <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>    
Quarterly operating data:
Interest income ....................................   $20,989   $20,828   $20,532   $20,497   $18,903   $17,366   $15,940   $14,658
Interest expense ...................................    12,003    11,968    11,302    11,429    10,649     9,132     7,994     7,021
                                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net interest income ..............................     8,986     8,860     9,230     9,068     8,254     8,234     7,946     7,637
Provision for loan losses ..........................        40        15        42       116        37        --        47        20
Other operating income .............................       803       962       770       760     1,014       774       444       431
Other expense ......................................     5,396     6,032     5,660     5,936     5,324     5,013     4,434     4,554
                                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income tax expense ...................     4,353     3,775     4,298     3,776     3,907     3,995     3,909     3,494
Income tax expense .................................     1,589     1,317     1,555     1,551     1,582     1,802     1,786     1,604
                                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net income .......................................   $ 2,764   $ 2,458   $ 2,743   $ 2,225   $ 2,325   $ 2,193   $ 2,123   $ 1,890
                                                       =============================================================================
Basic earnings per share ...........................   $  0.28   $  0.24   $  0.26   $  0.21   $  0.22   $  0.21   $  0.20   $  0.17
Diluted earnings per share .........................   $  0.27   $  0.24   $  0.25   $  0.21   $  0.21   $  0.20   $  0.19   $  0.17
Dividends per share ................................   $  0.06   $  0.06   $  0.05   $  0.05   $  0.04   $  0.04   $   .04   $  0.03
Average common shares outstanding for
  Basic earnings per share .........................     9,919    10,209    10,436    10,419    10,562    10,632    10,688    10,760
  Diluted earnings per share .......................    10,119    10,454    10,725    10,670    10,787    10,809    10,805    10,860
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

19.  Parent Company Only Financial Information

Earnings  of the Bank are  recognized  by the Holding  Company  using the equity
method  of  accounting.  Accordingly,  earnings  of the  Bank  are  recorded  as
increases in the Holding  Company's  investment,  any dividends would reduce the
Holding  Company's  investment  in the  Bank,  and  any  changes  in the  Bank's
unrealized  gain or loss on securities  available for sale, net of taxes,  would
increase or decrease,  respectively,  the Holding  Company's  investment  in the
Bank. The condensed financial  statements for the Holding Company at and for the
years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 are presented below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=====================================================================================
                                                                1998          1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 (In thousands)
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>      
Condensed Statements of Financial Condition
Assets:
  Cash and due from banks .................................   $     463    $     243
  Federal funds sold and overnight interest-earning deposit       3,500        6,500
  Securities available for sale:
    Mortgage-backed securities ............................      10,850           -- 
    Other securities ......................................       6,193       28,005
    Interest receivable ...................................         108          402
    Investment in Bank ....................................     111,602      101,840

  Other assets ............................................         425            2
                                                              -----------------------
    Total assets ..........................................   $ 133,141    $ 136,992
                                                              ======================
Liabilities:
  Other liabilities .......................................   $   1,054    $     549
                                                              -----------------------
    Total liabilities .....................................       1,054          549
                                                              -----------------------
Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock ............................................         114           89

  Additional paid-in capital ..............................      75,452      101,717
  Unearned compensation ...................................      (9,332)     (10,922)
  Treasury stock ..........................................      (6,949)     (19,666)
  Retained earnings .......................................      71,460       63,766

  Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes ....       1,342        1,459
                                                              -----------------------
    Total equity ..........................................     132,087      136,443
                                                              -----------------------
    Total liabilities and equity ..........................   $ 133,141    $ 136,992
=====================================================================================
</TABLE>
                                                                       Continued

40
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries


19.  Parent Company Only Financial Information (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
============================================================================================================
                                                                                        1998         1997
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                          (In thousands)
<S>                                                                                   <C>         <C>     
Condensed Statements of Income
Interest income ...................................................................   $  1,831    $  2,391
Other operating expenses ..........................................................        500         478
                                                                                      ----------------------
  Income before taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary ..........      1,331       1,913
Income tax expense ................................................................        545         848
                                                                                      ----------------------
  Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary ....................        786       1,065
Equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank ......................................      9,404       7,466
                                                                                      ----------------------
  Net income ......................................................................   $ 10,190    $  8,531
                                                                                      ======================
Condensed Statements of Cash Flow
Operating activities:
Net income ........................................................................   $ 10,190    $  8,531
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
    Equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank ..................................     (9,404)     (7,466)
    Net change in operating assets and liabilities ................................        451        (149)
    Amortization of unearned premium, net of accretion of unearned discount .......        118           2
    Net gain on sales of securities ...............................................         (8)         --
    Unearned compensation, net ....................................................      1,888       1,029
                                                                                      ----------------------
      Net cash provided by operating activities ...................................      3,235       1,947
                                                                                      ----------------------
Investing activities:
  Purchases of securities available for sale ......................................    (26,835)     (3,075)
  Proceeds from sales and calls of securities available for sale ..................     37,548       7,302
                                                                                      ----------------------
      Net cash provided by investing activities ...................................     10,713       4,227
                                                                                      ----------------------
Financing activities:
  Purchase of treasury stock ......................................................    (14,348)     (7,601)
  Cash dividends paid .............................................................     (2,380)     (1,615)
                                                                                      ----------------------
      Net cash used in financing activities .......................................    (16,728)     (9,216)
                                                                                      ----------------------
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents .........................................     (2,780)     (3,042)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year ......................................      6,743       9,785
                                                                                      ----------------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year ............................................   $  3,963    $  6,743
============================================================================================================
</TABLE>


                                                                              41
<PAGE>

Rpeort of Independent Accountants

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of 
Flushing Financial Corporation:

In our opinion, the accompanying  consolidated statements of financial condition
and the related  consolidated  statements  of income,  changes in  stockholders'
equity, and cash flows present fairly, in all material  respects,  the financial
position of FLUSHING FINANCIAL  CORPORATION and its subsidiaries at December 31,
1998 and 1997, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended  December 31, 1998,  in  conformity  with
generally accepted  accounting  principles.  These financial  statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management;  our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these  financial  statements  based on our audits.  We conducted  our
audits of these  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain  reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements,   assessing  the
accounting  principles  used and significant  estimates made by management,  and
evaluating the overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York
January 26, 1999

42
<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Corporate Information

Executive Management

Gerard P. Tully, Sr.
Chairman of the Board

Michael J. Hegarty
President & Chief Executive Officer

Monica C. Passick
Senior Vice President, Treasurer & 
Chief Financial Officer

Henry A. Braun
Senior Vice President

Anna M. Piacentini
Senior Vice President & 
Corporate Secretary

Board of Directors

Gerard P. Tully, Sr.--Chairman
Real estate development and management

Michael J. Hegarty
President & Chief Executive Officer of the 
Company and Bank

James D. Bennett
Attorney in Rockville Centre, New York

John M. Gleason
Funeral Services and Real Estate

Louis C. Grassi
Managing Partner of Grassi & Co., CPAs, P.C.

Robert A. Marani
Commercial real estate development 
and management

James F. McConnell
Retired President & CEO of Company 
and Bank

John O. Mead
Retired fabric manufacturer and marketer

Vincent F. Nicolosi
Attorney in Bayside, New York

Franklin F. Regan, Jr.
Attorney in Flushing, New York

John E. Roe, Sr.
Chairman and CEO of City Underwriting
Agency, Inc., insurance brokers

Michael J. Russo
Consulting engineer, President and 
Director of Operations for Northeastern 
Aviation Corp.

Corporate Headquarters 

Flushing Savings Bank, FSB
144-51 Northern Boulevard
Flushing, New York 11354
facsimile 718-961-7646

Retail Branch Locations

Flushing
144-51 Northern Boulevard
718-961-5400

159-18 Northern Boulevard
718-961-7400

188-08 Hollis Court Boulevard
718-445-3351

Bayside
51-54 Springfield Boulevard
718-631-2200

New Hyde Park
661 Hillside Avenue
516-488-6400

In-store Branch (Edwards Supermarket)
653 Hillside Avenue
516-354-4652

Bay Ridge
7102 Third Avenue
718-836-8088

Manhattan
33 Irving Place
212-477-9360

Loan Originations

Flushing
144-51 Northern Boulevard
718-961-5400

New York Federal Division
33 Irving Place
212-477-9424


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Shareholder Information

Annual Meeting

The Annual Meeting of Shareholders of 
Flushing  Financial  Corporation  will be held 
at 2:00 pm May 18, 1999 at the LaGuardia 
Marriott located at 102-05 Ditmars Boulevard, 
East Elmhurst, New York 11369.

Stock Listing

Nasdaq National Market(R)
Symbol "FFIC"

Transfer Agent and Registrar

State Street Bank and Trust Company
c/o EquiServe
P.O. Box 8200
Boston, Massachusetts 02266-8200
1-800-426-5523

Independent Certified 
Public Accountants

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
1177 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
212-596-8000

Legal Counsel

Hughes Hubbard & Reed LLP
One Battery Park Plaza
New York, New York 10004
212-837-6000

Shareholder Relations

Kehoe, White, Van Negris and Company, Inc.
766 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10021
212-396-0606

                     Designed by Curran & Connors, Inc. / www.curran-connors.com

<PAGE>



                                     [LOGO]





Exhibit 10.12(b)
Amendment No.2 to Gerard P. Tully, Sr. Consulting Agreement.

                         AMENDMENT #2 TO TULLY AGREEMENT

     This  Agreement  to the Tully  Agreement  dated as of  December  1, 1995 as
amended (The "Tully  Agreement")  is entered into as of December 1, 1998 between
Flushing  Savings  Bank,  FSB, a federal  savings  bank (the  "Bank"),  Flushing
Financial Corporation ("the Company"), and Gerard P. Tully, Sr. ("Mr. Tully").

                                   WITNESSTH:

     WHEREAS,  the Bank and Mr.  Tully  entered  into the Tully  Agreement as of
December 1, 1995 and the Bank and Mr. Tully desire to amend the Tully  Agreement
to extend the term thereof as set forth herein;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  for good and adequate  consideration,  the sufficiency of
which is hereby acknowledged, the Bank and Mr. Tully agree as follows:

     1. Section 1 of the Tully Agreement as previously amended is hereby amended
by replacing the date "November 30, 1998" with the date "November 30, 2001.

     2.  Section 3 of the Tully  Agreement is hereby  amended be  replacing  the
aggregate fee per month to be $8,333.33.

     3. The  amendment  set  forth  in  paragraphs  1 and 2 shall  be  effective
December 1, 1998. Except as amended by paragraphs 1 and 2 hereof,  the Agreement
as previously amended shall remain in effect in accordance with its terms.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Mr. Tully and the Bank have caused this Amendments to
be executed on this 28th day of December, 1998.

                                            FLUSHING SAVINGS BANK, FSB

                                            By:  /s/  Michael J. Hegarty        
                                                 -------------------------------


                                            FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION

                                            By:  /s/  Anna M. Piacentini        
                                                 -------------------------------

                                                 /s/  Gerard Tully             
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Gerard P. Tully, Sr.


Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Accountants

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We consent to the  incorporation by reference in the  Registration  Statement of
Flushing  Financial  Corporation  on Form  S-8 No.  33-98202  and  Form  S-8 No.
333-3878,  of  our  report  dated  January  26,  1999,  on  our  audits  of  the
consolidated  financial statements and financial statement schedules of Flushing
Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and for
the years ended December 31, 1998,  1997, and 1996, which report is incorporated
by  reference  in  the  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  of  Flushing   Financial
Corporation.


/s/ Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP
    ---------------------------

New York, New York
March 23, 1999


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>     9

<LEGEND>
This  schedule  contains  summary  financial   information  extracted  from  the
Consolidated  Statement  of  Financial  Condition  at December  31, 1998 and the
Consolidated  Statement of Income for the twelve months ended December 31, 1998,
and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>

<MULTIPLIER>                       1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                              DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                                                 JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                                   DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                                              11,934
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                                               6,800
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                                     4,000
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                                         0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                                        326,690
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                                                   0
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                                                     0
<LOANS>                                                            757,317
<ALLOWANCE>                                                          6,762
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                                   1,142,055
<DEPOSITS>                                                         664,059
<SHORT-TERM>                                                        15,000
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                                                 10,451
<LONG-TERM>                                                        320,458
                                                    0
                                                              0
<COMMON>                                                               114
<OTHER-SE>                                                         131,973
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                                   1,142,055
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                                     57,186
<INTEREST-INVEST>                                                   23,912
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                                     1,748
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                                    82,846
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                                                  27,987
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                                  46,702
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                                               36,144
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                                          214
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                                     102
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                                     19,830
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                                     16,202
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                                          16,202
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                                          0
<CHANGES>                                                                0
<NET-INCOME>                                                        10,190
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                                         1.00
<EPS-DILUTED>                                                         0.98
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                                        7.85
<LOANS-NON>                                                          2,597
<LOANS-PAST>                                                             0
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                                         0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                                          0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                                     6,474
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                                          103
<RECOVERIES>                                                           177
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                                    6,762
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                                                 6,762
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                                      0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                                              6,762
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission